Faculty of Engineering Handbook 1984

( L!Nl',n.:r.::>rf; (l~ ;1::~'}r;J':;TI~~ I

ARCHIVES SERIAL

7

..

13

j

~NIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE !

I , ,

New South Wales

1984

Volume 7

I I

I

i .1

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

HANDBOOK 1984

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE NEW SOUTH WALES 2308

ISSN 0159 - 3455

Telephone - Newcastle 68 0401

Two dollars and fifty cents

Recommended price

/

This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering.

The colour band. Lapis Lazuli Bee 150. on the cover is the lining colour of the hood of Bachelors of Engineering of this University.

The information in this Handbook is correct as at I October, 1983

Printed for the University by Davies & Canninglon Pty. ltd.

StUT! Road, Cardiff, N.S.W. 2285.

2

A Message from the Dean On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering,l wish to extend a very warm welcome to all students - those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies. Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering, in Surveying or Metallurgy, we believe you are embarking on a professional career which is both challenging and stimulating. It is clear we are living in a technological age - an age which has seen a tremendous burst of scientific and technological development and which has had a marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. It is also clear that the future of our society is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex technological problems, notably those associated with the alternative forms of energy and with food production. Graduates in the various professions of Engineering, Surveying and Metallurgy will, in their own way, be required to contribute to the solution of these problems. With these objectives in mind, the Faculty of Engineering has continued to up-date course material to meet the current and future standards of the professions and the needs of society. To ensure that this is done effectively, it is essential to maintain a stimulating learning environment. teaching and assessment methods. While the various courses provide the essential depth of study in the principal technical fields. we believe it to be of major importance that students gain some breadth in their educational experience. For this reason each degree programme contains a component of supporting studies in which students are encouraged to take subjects in other faculties. The rationale for this is obvious. While the role of the professional Engineer, Surveyor or Metallurgist may be seen as providing technical solutions to technical problems, he or she must also be acutely aware of the social implications of the decisions being made. The inter-relation of the professions and society is one of growing importance. The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience is embodied in the very concept of the University system. The University environment, with its excellent campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an opportunity for obtaining a total experience, indeed a unique experience, in one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you to take full advantage of the opportunities available to you and, where time permits, take an active interest in the various facets of University life. The Staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work both interesting and enjoyable and will be anxious to help you with any problems you may have. I personally would be most happy to assist you in any way I can, and would be grateful for any feedback of a constructive nature that you may wish to offer. In conclusion, I wish you well in your studies at this University. There is no doubt that a course of study leading to an Engineering, Surveying or Metallurgy degree requires a great deal of dedication and perseverance, but the task is certainly a rewarding one.

A. W. Roberts, Dean. Faculty of Engineering.

3

/

Mes~age from Dean

Introduction

CONTENTS

Section I - Staff of the Faculty of Engineering

Section 2 -The Faculty of Engineering and the Degrees Offered

The Faculty of Engineering

II Undergraduate Course~

(i) Department of Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering

(ii) Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying Civil Engineering Surveying Mining Engineering Resource Engineering

(iii) Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Computer Engineering

(iv) Depanmenl of Mechanical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engineering

(v) Department of Metallurgy Metallurgy

III Postgraduate Degrees and Diplomas

(i) Diploma in Industrial Engineering (ii) Diploma in Surveying

(iii) Master of Engineering Science (iv) Master of Engineering (v) Master of Science

(vi) Doctor of Philosophy

Section 3-- Degree Regulations and Faculty Policies

Regulations Governing Undergraduate Degrees

Regulations

Core Programmes

Course Programmes

(a) Department of Chemical Engineering (b) Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying (c) Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering (d) Department of Mechanical Engineering (e) Department of Metallurgy

II Regulations Governing Postgraduate Diplomas

(a) Diploma in Industrial Engineering (b) Diploma in Surveying (c) Master Degree Regulations

Approved M.Eng.Sc. Subjects

III Policies Determined by Faculty Board under Degree Requirements

(a) Award of Merit and Honours (b) Unsatisfactory Progress (c) Years/Stage Classification (d) Standing for Holders of Technical College Certificates (e) Industrial Training Requirements (0 Compensation Procedure

4

Pagc ~o. )

6

7

II

12

12

13

14 14 15 15

15 15

16 16

16

17 17 18 18 18 18

20

25

27 32 J8 44 50

55 55

" 64

67 71 71 72 72 73

Section 4 -Subject Descriptions

Guide to Subject Entries

Subjects Offered by Departments Comprising the Faculty of Engineering

Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Electrical and Computer Engineering Geneml Engineering Mechanical Engineering Metallurgy Surveying

II Subjects Offered by Depanments Outside the Faculty of Engineering

Chemist·ry Economics Geography Mathematics Philosophy Physics

Section 5-- Combined Degree Programmes

Section 6-Subject Computer Numbers

General Information - Between pages 80 & 81

5

" "' / "' 91

100 111 115 128 135

140

141 143 144 145 153 156

160

180

INTRODUCTION In this Handbook we have attempted to provide most of the information you will need regarding both undergraduate and postgraduate courses offered in the Faculty of Engineering. This Handbook will help you to know who the people in your Faculty are. the requirements for degrees offered in the Faculty and the ways that these can be satisfied, what subjects are offered. and the books required for these subjects; and where to turn for more information. advice and help. Section 1 sets out the staff of the Faculty of Engineering. Section 2 deals with the Departments of the Faculty and courses for which each Department is responsible. Degree requirements for both undergraduate and postgraduate courses are set out in Section 3 and descriptions of subjects are listed in Section 4. Approved programmes for combined degree courses are set out in Section 5 and subject computer numbers for use with Enrolment Forms and Variation of Programme Forms are listed in Section 6.

ADVICE AND INFORMATION Advice and information on matters concerning the Facuity of Engineering can be obtained from a number of people. For general enquiries about University regulations, Faculty rules and policies. studies within the Facuity and so on, you should see: The Faculty Secretary Mr. 8. J. Kelleher The Faculty Administrative Assistant The Sub-Dean of the Facuity or The Dean of the Faculty

Mr. G. D. Gordon Mr. G. D. Butler Professor A. W. Roberts.

For enquiries regarding studies in particular Departments within the Faculty you should arrange to sec the following staff in the particular Department concerned:

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering

Electrical and Computer Engineering

Mechanical and Industrial Engineering

Metallurgy

Surveying

Dr. W. G. Kirchner or Professor G. J. Jameson

Dr. W. G. Field

Mr. J. G. Alva or Associate Professor G. C. Goodwin

6

Mr. G. D. Butler or Professor A. W. Roberts

Mr. J. E. McLennan or Professor E. O. Hall

Dr. F. L. Clarke

/

Section 1

STAFF OF THE

FACUL TV OF ENGINEERING

7

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING Dean Professor A. W. Roberts, BE, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMechE. MAilE

Deputy Dean Professor G. J. Jameson, BSe(New South Wales), PhD(Cambridge), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE

Sub·Dean G. D. Butler. BE(New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield), ASTC, MIEAust

Faculty Secretary B. J. Kelleher, BE, BCom

Faculty Administrative Assistant G. D. Gordon, BA

Professor of Engineering D. W. George, AD, BSe, BE, PhD(Sydney), FTS, FlEE, FIMechE, FIEAust, FAIP

(Vice-Chancellor and Principal) (Personal Chair)

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Professor G. J. Jameson, BSc(New South Wales), PhD(Cambridge), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE

(Head of Department)

Associate Professor T. F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(ChemEng), CEng, MIEAust, FlnstF, MCombl, MIChemE, FAIE

Senior Lecturers W. G. Kirchner, MSc, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE, MIRE(Aust), MIEAust K. Lyne-Smith, BE(Sydney), MSe(New South Wales), PhD J. Roberts, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, ARACI

Lecturer Judy A. Raper, BE, PhD(New South Wales), GradlEAust

Senior Research Fellow J. S. Truelove, BSe, PhD(Sydney), FlnstF, MCombl

Departmental Office Staff Amor J. FUller

Honorary Professor I. McC. Stewart. AM, ME(Queensland), SM(Massachusetls Institute of Technology), CEng,

MIChemE, FlnstF, MAuslMM, MCombl, FlEAust

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING Professor B. L. Karihaloo, BSc(Eng)(Ranchi), MTeeh(I1T, Bombay), PhD(Civil Eng.lnst. Moscow)

Senior Lecturers N. O. Betts, BSc(South Africa), BSc(Eng) (Capetown), MSc(Cranfield), MEngSc(NewSouth Wales),

MICE, MIEAust, MSAICE F. L. Clarke, BSurv(New South Wales), PhD, LS, FlSAust (Head of Department) M. H. Elfick, DipSurvSc(Sydney), DipT&CP(Sydney), LS, MISAust W. G. Field, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC J. G. Fryer, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust B. S. Heaton, BE(New South. Wales), ME, ASTC, MIEAust P. W. Kleeman, BE(Adelaide), FSASM A. W. Page, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, MIEAust

8

Lecturers H. L. Mitchell, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust I. D. Moore, BE(Sydney) B. J. Williams, BE(Adelaide), MEngSe(New South Wales), PhD(Meibourne), MIEAust

Professional Officer R. G. Hanson, BE(Canterbury), DipBusStud, MIEAust, GradlPENZ

Departmental Office Staff Margaret J. Sivyer, BA Cherie E. Hook

ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING Professors A. Canloni, BE, PhD(Western Australia), MIEEE(Computer Engineering) G. C. Goodwin, BSc, BE, PhD(New South Wales), MIEEE, MIEAust(Electrical Engineering)

(Head of Department)

Senior Leclurers J. G. Alva, BSc(Durham), MSc(Eng)(London), CEng, MIEE R. J. Evans, BE(Meibourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE P. J. Moylan, BE(Melbourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE. AMACS K. K. Saluja, BE(Roorkee), MS, PhD(lowa), MIEEE, MACM

Lecturers R. E. Betz, ME, MIEEE B. J. Cook, HND(Eleet)(Plymouth Polytechnic), PhD(Bristol), MIEE, CEng D. J. Hill, BE, BSe(Queensland) PhD, MIEAust, MIEEE, MSIAM

Professional Officer S. W. Chan, BE, PhD R. W. Goodhew, BE(New South Wales), ASTC, MIEAust, AMIEE

Departmental Office Staff Eli7.abeth M. Fewings Kasandra L. Jones Dianne E. PiefKe

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Professors R. A. Antonia, BE, MEngSc, PhD(Sydney), FIEAust, FRMS(Mechanical Engineering) A. W. Roberts, BE, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMeehE, MAIlE(lndustrial

Engineering) (Head of Department)

Associate Professor E. Betz, ME, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MASME

Senior Lecturers L. W. B. Browne, BE(Sydney), PhD G. D. Butler, BE(New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield), ASTC, MIEAust A. J. Chambers, BE(New Soulh Wales), ME: PhD(Stanford), MIEAust J. W. Hayes, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), MIEAust, MAllE, AMORSA, MASOR K. L. Hitz, BE(New South Wales), PhD R. D. Parbery, ME, BSc, MIEAust H. A. Willems, BE(New South Wales), ME; DiplNaval Arch, MTS(Dordrecht), ASTC, MRINA

Lecturers B. T. Valaire, BSc(Tech)(New South Wales), ME, GradlEAust D. H. Wood, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), PhD(London), DIC

Senior Tutor B. J. Hill, BSc(Eng), MEngSe, PhD, GradlEAust

9

I

Professional Officers J. A. I.ewis. BSc(New South Wales). ME. ASTC. MIEAust. AMAuslMM M. Ooms. BE R. J. Scobie, ASTC O. J. Scott. ME

Departmental Office StalT Marcia M. Couper Isabel Sberwood Pamela Falkincr

Professor METALLlIRGY

E. O. Hall. MSc(New Zealand). PbD(Cambridge). FlnstP. MAusIMM. FIM(Lond.). FAIP, FRSA (Head of Department)

Associate Professor W. A. O,!1cs. BMct(Sheffield). MSc. ('Eng. FIM(London)

Senior Lecfurers J. D. Brownc. BSc(London). MSc(Ncw South Wales). PhD(Monash), MAIP J. E. McLennan. MSc{Ncw South Wales), ASTC, MIM{London), CEng N. A. Molloy. BE(Queensland). CEng

Post Doctoral Research FeIlOl"'s Y. Sasaki, DEng(Tokyo) M. Hasebe. DEng{Tohoku)

Professional Officers J. A. Grahame. ASTC

D. D. Todd. MSc(New South Wales). PhD. ASTC. ARACI, DipOen(ORI Surrey)

Departmental Office StalT Elizabeth M. Vincer

Honorary Professors G. R. Belton. BSc. PhD(London), Dle(London) A. V. Bradshaw. BSe(London). ARSM, MIMM. FIM

10

Section 2

THE FACUL TV OF ENGINEERING

AND THE DEGREES OFFERED

11

I. THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

The Faculty of Engineering is constituted by the Council of the University under Bylaw 2.4.1 and comprises the Departments of Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering and Surveying, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Metallurgy. The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering is charged with conducting the affairs of the Faculty under By-law 2.4.2. The Faculty Board consists of:

(i) the members of the full-time academic staff of the Departments composing the Faculty;

(ii) a member from the Department of Chemistry;

(iii) a member from the Department of Geology;

(iv) a member from the Department of Physics;

(v) a member from the Department of Architecture;

(vi) a member from the Department of Psychology;

(vii) two members from the Department of Mathematics;

(viii) a member from the Faculty of Arts;

(ix) two members from the Faculty of Economics and Commerce;

(x) a member from the Department of Education;

(xi) four student members. The responsibilities of the Faculty Board are set out in By-law 2.4.4 which states: "Subject to the authority of the Council and the Senate and to any resolution thereof, a Faculty Board shall: (a) encourage and supervise the teaChing

and research activities ofthe Faculty; (b) determine the nature and extent of

examining in the subjects in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty;

(c) determine the grades of pass to be awarded and the conditions for granting deferred or special examinations in respect of the subjects in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty;

12

(d) determine matters concerning admissions, enrolment and progression in the courses of study for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty and make recommendations of s~ch o~ those matters as require consideratIOn by the Admissions Committee;

(e) consider the examination results recommended in respect of each of the candidates for the degrees and diplomas in the Faculty and take action in accordance with the Examination Regulations made by the Council under By-law 5.9.1;

(0 deal with any matter referred to it by the Senate;

(g) make recommendations to the Senate on any matter affecting the Faculty;

(h) exercise such other powers and duties as may from time to time be delegated to it by the Council."

The degrees offered by the Faculty of Engineering are: (i) Undergraduate-

Bachelor of Engineering (8.E,)' Bachelor of Metallurgy (D. Met) Bachelor of Surveying (8.Surv.) Bachelor of Science (Engineering)

(B.Se.(Eng.» Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy)

(B.Se.(Met.» (ii) Postgraduate-

Master of Engineering (M.E.) Master of Science (M.Sc.) Master of Engineering Science

(M.Eng.Se.) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Doctor of Engineering (D. Eng.) Doctor of Science (D.Sc.)

In addition to the above degrees the Faculty of Engineering also offers the postgraduate Diploma in Industrial Engineering (Dip. Ind. Eng.) and the postgraduate Diploma in Surveying (Dip. Surv.).

2. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES OFFERED

Each Department within the Faculty of Engineering is responsible for the offering of c?u~s~s leading to degrees in particular specialIties as well as the offering of service subjects for courses leading to degrees in other specialities.

(i) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

The Department of Chemical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the speciality of Chemical Engineering. Chemical Engineering is concerned with processes in which materials in bulk undergo changes - physical. or chemical, or both. Industries employing chemical engineers include the traditional chemical or "process" industries, involved in the production of organic chemicals, fertilisers, foodstuffs, pharmaceuticals, petroleum and petro-<:hemicals. Chemical engineers are also employed in the minerals processing industries, which convert raw ore, which may contain very small amounts of valuable material, into concentrates; and also in the metallurgical industries, which take these concentrates and turn them into metals and oxides. Chemical engineers are actively involved also in the abatement of pollution, and in combustion of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels. They are in the forefront of renewed efforts to find replacements for the world's oil reserves, now rapidly running out, and are heavily engaged in research on making oil from coal or shale; on the production of ethanol from sugar, grain and root crops and many other projects to make more efficient use of existing fuel and chemical feedstocks, and to find economical replacements. On graduation, the majority of chemical engineers find employment with industry, public utilities, or the public service, engaged in design and construction, planning of new projects, plant operation, and research and development, all of which may lead on to higher management positions. Career opportunities can take a chemical engineer right tothe top of a large industrial concern. The study of chemical engineering is based on a firm foundation of chemistry, mathematics and physics, which feature heavily in the early years of the Course. Professional subjects are introduced especially in years III and IV. The basic course offered in the Department of Chemical Engineering is the Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Chemical Engineering. This may be taken as a four-year full-time

13

/

course, or by part-time study. A course of two years part-time followed by three years full-time is an excellent pattern. Students are strongly advised to take the final year full-time. In the third and fourth years. students take a number of elective topics in which they may choose freely from professional and non-professional subjects offered by other departments in the university. Also, a structured Option in ProC'eSS Metallurgy is available in which a student may take a number of courses offered by the Department of Metallurgy, especially designed to give a strong background in theory and practice of process metallurgy, without materially affecting the number of chemical engineering topics taken by the student. The degree course is recognised for the full academic requirements for corporate membership of The Institution of Engineers. Australia, and the Institution of Chemical Engineers (Great Britain). It is also recognised by the Royal Australian Chemical Institute. and the Australian Institute of Energy. Degree Regulations and course programmes for the above degrees and options are set out in Section 3 of this handbook. In addition to these degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree B.E. in the Chemical Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com., B.Ec.. B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(ii) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND

SURVEYING The Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Civil Engineering and Surveying. The Civil Engineering course also forms part of a combined course in Resource Engineering offered under a co-operative arrangement between the University of Newcastle and the University of New England. In addition students who have completed the first two years of the Civil Engineering course may be admitted to the third year of the Mining Engineering course at the University of New South Wales.

Civil Engineering is the application of science to the improvement of the community's environment. It is concerned with the design and construction of water supply and conservation projects. ~ydroelectric development. roads. railways, bridges and tunnels, large buildings. irrigation. sewerage and harbour and river development. The Civil Engineer "adapts the forces of nature for the use and convenience of mankind." His academic training includes the study of science and engineering practice. He must combine this with experience and judgement. and the knowledge and personality necessary to control large organisations of workers. This profession offers to a young person a considerable variety of types of work ranging from specialised research and investigations, through routine design and construction work to higher positions which are largely managerial and organisational in their nature. Surveying entails the measurement of lengths. angles and heights on the earth's surface and thus a land surveyor is an expert in such measurements. The land surveyor's claim to professional status, however, lies in his ability to use and interpret the results of his, or others'. measurements of these quantities. The work of surveyors may be divided into several categories. such as Cadastral Surveying, Engineering Surveying, Topographical Surveying. Geodetic Surveying, and Hydrographic Surveying. There is also a current trend which may lead to the surveyor coming to be regarded as an expert in all aspects of land use and management. Modern technology plays a large part in the life of the twentieth century surveyor. He may be required to use very sophisticated electronic equipment for precise distance measurement, programmable electronic desk computers or precision plotting machines interfaced with electronic computers. As well as being trained to handle such equipment. and the conventional surveying instruments such as theodolites, levels, tapes. etc., he must be educated in such a way as to ensure that he is not left behind in the inevitable advance of surveying technology during his working lifetime. This implies that his education should include a good grounding in mathematics and physics, the sciences which form the

14

basis of technology. However. his education must be far broader than this. as he must be able to apply existing and new techniques to the various fields of surveying which were mentioned earlier. This requires an understanding of the requirements of each of these fields, and a study of a number of special disciplines which are involved in supplying these requirements e.g. study of land law. town planning. land use. economics etc. is essential to the correct development of land for society's needs; while the study of specialised branches of mathematics may be needed for an understanding of geodetic surveying and mapping. In order to work in a full professional capacity in the field of Cadastral or Property Surveying. it is necessary to become a Registered Surveyor under the Surveyors Act, 1929, as amended. Before applying for registration a surveyor is required to graduate from a University. Institute of Technology or a College of Advanced Education in Surveying. In New South Wales only two such courses are available. These are offered by the University of New South Wales and this University. A surveying graduate is required to serve two years under articles to a Registered Surveyor engaged primarily on land boundary surveys. An exemption of up to six months may be granted in respect of non-continuous training and experience gained during vacation periods, provided it is gained under a Registered Surveyor engaged in land boundary definition during that period. The surveyor must provide a certificate satisfactory to the Board of Surveyors of New South Wales. A further non-continuous period of up to six months may be served under articles during vacations, i.e. the student must become articled to each surveyor for whom he works, and the articles must be registered with the Board. The Board of Surveyors administers the Surveyors Act of 1929. Its executive officer is known as the Registrar, and enquiries regarding any aspect of registration should be directed to him. The remaining period of articles. being not less than one year, is taken after completion of the degree by full-time students. After completing the necessary period under articles candidates for registration are required to complete the Board's examination.

Mining Engineering covers all phases of the recovery of minerals and rocks from the earth. The mining engineer determines whether a deposit will be profitable to mine, and works out the best way of mining it. The mining engineer is responsible for drilling and blasting. loading and transporting of mineral products. and ventilation and general safety in the mine. Mining engineers may become involved in mineral benefication processes. They work in close co-operation with geologists, surveyors. metallurgists, chemists and other engineers. Civil Engineering has quite a lot in common with Mining Engineering. Recent changes in the laws of New South Wales allow Civil Engineers to supervise certain kinds of open-cut mining that could previously only be supervised by Mining Engineers. Resource Engineering is a relatively new area. It requires engineers with professional training in applied ecology and the science and practice of natural resource management. The course is aimed at meeting the growing need for "ecological engineers" to work with resource development agencies and industries in planning and managing environmentally-accepta ble resource development projects. Graduates can expect to find employment in such organizations as water resources agencies, soil conservation services. public works departments, pollution control organizations. civil engineering contracting firms, mining companies. or engineering and environmental consulting firms. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Civil Engineering. (al BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

in the speciality of Civil Engineering. This may be read as a four year fulltime course or a seven year partMtime course or any combination of fulltime and part-time attendance. The degree is recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia.

(bl BACHELOR OF SURVEYING. This may be read as a four year fulltime course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of fulltime and part-time attendance.

15

Degree Regulations and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of RE. in the Civil Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A.. Reom.. REc .. RMath. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(iii) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER

ENGINEERING The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Computer Engineering and Electrical Engineering. Electrical and Computer Engineering are rapidly expanding branches of engineering. They include such fields as computer and information science, switching theory, the theory and design of automatic control systems. electronics. and the study of electrical power generation and distribution. In preparation for a careerin any branch ~f Electrical or Computer Engineering, the student must acquire a knowledge of the basic sciences of Mathematics and Physics. Electrical and Computer Engineering. perhaps more than most other branches of engineering, are closely linked with the pure sciences and require a scientific outlook and approach for the proper understanding of the problems involved. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering. (al BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

in the speciality of Electrical Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and parttime attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

(bl BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in the speciality of Computer Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time or part-time attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

Degree Regulations and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. These degree courses are recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in either the Computer Engineering or Electrical Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com .. B.Ec., B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

(iv) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for teaching courses in the specialities of Industrial and Mechanical Engineering. Mechanical Engineering is probably the broadest in scope of all the branches of engineering. Basically it is concerned with all aspects of the production and use of mechanical energy. This involves activities such as the design and operation of machinery and mechanisms. but the range of activities for which mechanical engineers are responsible is much wider covering many fields. Industrial Engineering is closely related to mechanical engineering but theemphasis is shifted towards management science, operations research and economics. The industrial engineer is concerned with the design improvement and installation of integrated systems of men, materials and equipment. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Mechanical Engineering. (a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

in the speciality of Mechanical Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and parttime attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern. The first two years of this course are accepted by the University of New South Wales as exemption from the first two years of that University's Bachelor of Engineering degree Course in Naval Architecture.

16

(b) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING in Ihe specialilY of Induslrial Engineering. This may be read as a four year full-time course or a seven year part-time course or any combination of full-time and parttime attendance. This course may also be taken under a sandwich pattern.

Degree Regulations and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. These degree courses are recognised for the full academic requirements of corporate membership of the Institution of Engineers, Australia. In addition to the above degree courses, combined courses leading to the degree of B.E. in either the Mechanical or Industrial Engineering speciality and the degree of B.A.. B.eom., B.Ec.. B.Math. or B.Sc. have been approved. The approved combined course programmes are set out in Section 50fthis Handbook.

(v) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY

The Department of Metallurgy is responsible for teaching courses in the speciality of Metallurgy. The field of knowledge, experience and practice covered by the term Metallurgy is one that has expanded and developed greatly in the past and is still doing so today. Briefly metallurgy is concerned with the extraction of metals from their ores, their properties, fabrication and fundamental structure. Embracing such a wide field the subject gives scope for many types of interest and allows the inter-action of many disciplines. Two degree courses are offered in the Department of Metallurgy. (a) BACHELOR OF METALLURGY.

This may be studied as a full-time or part-time degree and may be taken out after the successful completion of the equivalent of four years full-time study and the fulfilment of the requirements of industrial experience. Candidates achieving a high over-all standard may be awarded the degree with Honours. The standard required is calculated on a grade point average system. Various combinations of full and part-time study are available for both these degree courses.

(b) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY). This is a parttime degree and may be taken out after the successful completion of the equivalent of three years full-time study and fulfilment of the requirements of industrial experience.

Degree Regulations and course programmes for the above degrees are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook. In addition to the above degree courses. the combined course leading to the degrees of B.Met. and B.Math. has been approved. The combined course programme is set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.

3. POSTGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED

(i) DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

The Department of Mechanical Engineering is responsible for the teaching of subjects which may be taken in the Diploma of Industrial Engineering. The Diploma in Industrial Engineering is a postgraduate course directed especially towards those concerned with the planning, supervision and administration of industrial undertakings. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily it has been designed as a bridging course for those graduates with limited or no formal training in the various basic disciplines of industrial engineering. In this respect the programme of study will be selected so as to complement the person's particular technological knowledge with instruction in the industrial field so that he can better perform the functions of industrial management, planning and control. For those who already have had in their undergraduate programme, a comprehensive training in the basic disciplines of industrial engineering, the course has a secondary objective. In this case the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have an important application in the industrial engineering field. The Diploma programme consists of t~n units of formal course work plus two UOits of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than I\~O years of part-time study, although In

special cases approved by the Faculty Board. the programme may be completed in one year on a full-time study basis. The Regulations for the Diploma in Industrial Engineeringand the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(ii) DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING The Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying is responsible for the teaching of subjects which form the core of the Diploma in Surveying. The Diploma in Surveying is a postgraduate course designed to broaden and further the education of the practising surveyor. Recent technological changes have significantly altered the role and operational techniques of surveyors. Many items of equipment and computational methods now in use were unknown ten to fifteen years ago. The course has a twofold objective. Primarily, it has been designed as a bridging course for surveyors with the professional qualification of the Reciprocating Surveyors Boards of Australia and New Zealand. University Degree Courses in Surveying were not available when these surveyors passed the examinations set by those Boards. As a consequence, the variety and depth of the modern curriculum was not available to these people. The Diploma in Surveying is seen as broadening and updating their professional training with a choice of subjects designed to complement their current knowledge. For those surveyors who already have had. in their undergraduate programme, a comprehensive training in the modern developments in surveying, the course has a secondary objective. In this case, the aim is to broaden the person's basic training with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have important applications in some fields of surveying. The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal course work plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be completed in not less than two years of part-time study, although in special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the programme may be completed in one year on a full-time basis. The Regulations for the Diploma in Surveying, and the Schedule of Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of this

17 Handbook.

(iii) MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE

The Master of Engineering Science degree has the primary aim of increasing the knowledge of the student in a specific and professional area. and therefore places more emphasis on course work: nevertheless it includes project work for its own value both in the broadening and the consolidation of knowledge, and as an introduction to research. The Departments of the Faculty of Engineering offer a group of subjects which comprise the major part of the Master of Engineering Science formal Master's degree programme. The Master of Engineering Science degree course is offered on both a part-time and full-time basis in order to give graduate engineers the opportunity to update themselves in technological areas of interest. This degree course is flexible in that candidates for the degree may select from a large number of subject combinations which may span one or more engineering Departments. Some undergraduate or postgraduate material may be taken from inside or outside the Faculty of Engineering as credit for the degree, provided that such material is relevant to the programme as a whole. This possibility offers the advantage of advanced training and education which is broad in scope. The course supplements existing Master of Engineeringand Doctor of Philosophy programmes which are usually of a research nature. The Regulations for the Master of Engineering Science degree and the

18

subjects offered are set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(iv) MASTER OF ENGINEERING The Master of Engineering degree has the primary aim of introducing the student to research. and bringing him to the point where he will be able to conduct research effectively under direction. Course work will no~mall\' be included in the programme with a normal minimum amount of three postgrad uate "units." but the quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a higher level than that expected of an Honours Bachelor of Engineering graduate. The Regulations for the Master of Engineering degree arc sel out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(v) MASTER OF SCIENCE This degree is similar to the Master of Engineering degree but is usually taken by students with a non-engineering background or students who are carrying out research in areas related to engineering. The Regulations for the Master of Science degree arc set out in Section 3 of this Handbook.

(vi) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY In addition to the above degrees it is possible to register for candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in each Department in the Faculty. Students wishing to obtain information on the requirements for the degree should address enquiries to: The Secretary, University of Newcastle, New South Wales 2308.

Section 3

DEGREE REGULATIONS

AND FACULTY POLICIES

19

• I - REGULATIONS GOVERNING BACHELOR DEGREES OFFERED IN THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

General

I. These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council under by-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the degrees of Bac~elor of En~inee~ing. Bachelor of Metallurgy. Bachelor ofSufveying. Bachelor of SCience (Engmeenng) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy).

Definitions

2. (I) In these. Regulations. unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or reqUires:

"cou~se" means the total requirements as prescribed in the schedule to qualify a candidate for the award of the degree; "Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering; "degree" means the d.egree of Bachelor of ~ngineering. Bachelor of Metallurgy, Ba.chelor of Surveymg, Bachelor of SCience (Engineering) or Bachelor of SCience (Metallurgy) as the case may be;

"~partmen.t" means the department or departments offering a particular subject and Includes any other body doing so; ::Facuity. Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering;

responsible department" means the department designated as such in the schedule;

"S~hedule" mea~s the Schedule to these Regulations relevant to the degree in which a person IS enrolled or proposing to enrol; "subject" means any part of the course for which a result may be recorded.

(2) The ~nit value of a subject for the purposes of these Regulations shall: (a) m t.he c~se of subjects offered by . Departments of the Faculty of

Engmeerlng, ~ calculated on the basIs that approximately 42 hours of ~ectures, tutOrials and laboratory work equals one unit; or

(b) m t~e-ca~e of subjeCts offered by Departments outside the Faculty of Engmeerlng, be determined by the Faculty Board.

Enrolment

3. In a~y yeara candidate shall enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean or h· nommee. IS

Standing

4. Th~ Faculty Board. may grant to a candidate standing in specified and unspecified subjects no! exc~edm~ the .unit value speci~ied. in ~he Schedule in recognition of work completed ~n t~IS Umv~rslty or another IOS1ltutlOn, subject to the following: (a) Standmg m a specified subject shall be granted only on the recommendation of

the Head of Department.

(b) Standing in. an- unspecified subject shall be granted only on the recommendatIOn of the Head of the responsible department.

(c) Where standing h~s been granted in unspecified subjects the Faculty Board on th~ recommendat~on of the Head of the responsible department:

(I) shall prescfl~ the course (not inconsistent with that specified in the Schedule) which the candidate is required to undertake· and

(ii) may specify the area of study for which the standing is ~ranted for the purposes of the core programme prescribed by the Senate as required in the Schedule.

20

Prerequisites and Corequisites

5. (I) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department may prescribe prerequisites and/or corequisites for a subject.

(2) Except with the approval of the Dean, a candidate may not enrol in a subject unless he or she has passed any subjects prescribed as its prerequisites and has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in any subjects prescribed as its corequisites.

Withdrawal

6. (I) A candidate may withdraw from enrolment in a subject or the degree only by informing the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be: (a) in the case of any subject offered only in the first half of the academic year,

the last Monday of first term; (b) in the case of any subject offered only in the second half of the academic

year, the fourth Monday of third term; (c) in the case of any other subject, the last Monday of second term.

Subject Requirements

7. (I) To complete a subject, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes and field work and submit such written or other work as the Department shall require.

(2) To pass a subject a candidate shall complete it and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board shall require.

Grading of Degrees

8. (I) The degree shall be conferred as an ordinary degree except that in cases where a candidate's performance in the course has reached a standard determined by the Faculty Board the degree may be conferred either with merit or with honours as provided in the Schedule.

(2) A degree with honours shall be conferred in one of the following grades: (a) Class I; (b) Class II, Division I; or (c) Class II, Division 2.

Admission to Degree

9. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall satisfy the requirements prescribed in the Schedule.

Combined Degree Courses

10. (I) A candidate may complete the requirements for the degree in conjunction with another Bachelor degree by completing a combined course approved by the Faculty Board and also the Faculty Board of the Faculty offering that other Bachelor degree.

(2) Admission to a combined degree course -(a) shall be subject to the approval of the Deans of the two Faculties; (b) shall, except in exceptional circumstances, be at the end of the candidate's

first year of enrolment in a degree; and

21

(3)

(4)

(c) shall be restricted to candidates who in their first year of enrolment have achieved a standard of performance deemed satisfactory for the purposes of admission to a combined degree course by the Faculty Board.

The work undertaken by a candidate in a combined degree course shall be no Jess in quantity and quality than if the two courses were taken separately as shall be certified by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned.

To qualify for admission to the two degrees a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for both degrees.

Exceptional Cir('um.Hance!J.'

II. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Regulations.

SCHEDULE 1- BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

I.

2.

3.

The degree may be conferred in the following areas of specialisation:

Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Engineering Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering Mechanical Engineering.

• For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department with respect to each area of specialisation shall be:

Department of Chemical Engineering

Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering

Department of Mechanical Engineering

- Chemical Engineering

- Civil Engineering - Electrical Engineering

Computer Engineering - Mechanical Engineering

Industrial Engineering

(a) To qualify for admission to the degree in any area of specialisation a candidate shall:

(i) pass a progmmme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 60 units; and

(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.

(b) The programme referred to in section 3(a)(i) ofthis Schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.

4. A pers<;,n .wh<;, has satisfied th~ requirements for admission to the degree in one area of speclailsatIC:)!~ may be admitted to candidature in any other area of specialisation on s~ch conditions a~ l.he Faculty Board may prescribe and upon satisfying the reqUirements for admiSSion to the degree in that other area of specialisation shall be eligible to receive a certificate to that effect.

5. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 32 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.

6. The degree may be conferred as a degree with honours.

.\'CIII:DL "I./:·_~ !i·tCIIIJOR 01' I/tTAI.U·RGY

For thc rurro~e~ of these Regulations thl' responsible department for the degree ...hall he the Department of Metallurgy.

2. (a) Tn 4ualif~ for admission to the degree a candidate shall:

(h)

(i) pass a programme of ~ubjeets approved by the Faculty Board .on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalhng not lc~~ than 60 units; and

(ii) satisf\" the industrial cxperienee requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board.

The programme referred to in section 2(a)(i) of this Schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.

3. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 32 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 01 these Regulations.


5. A candidate for the degree who ~atisfies the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) as set out in Schedul.e 5 of these Regulations may. with the permission of the Faculty Board. elect to wlthdr~w from the degree course and III be admitted instead tll the degree of Bachelor of SCience (Metallurgy).

SCHEDUI.E 3 - BACHEI.OR OF SUR' E}'JVG

I. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.

2. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall:

(b)

(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than 60 units; and


The programme referred to in seclion 2(a)(i) of this Schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.

3. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 32 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.


SCHEDUI.E4 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING)

I. The degree of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) shall be conferred only on a candidate specialising in the area of Chemical Engineering.

2. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Chemical Engineering.

3. No candidate shall be permitted to enrol or re-enrol for the degree unless the candidate was enrolled for the degree prior to 1980.

23

4. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall, before March, 1986:



(b) The programme referred to in section 4(a)(i) of this Schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.

5. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of25 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.

6. The degree may be conferred as a degree with merit.

SCHEDULE 5 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (META LLURGY)

I. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree shall be the Department of Metallurgy.

2. No candidate shall be permitted to enrol or re-enrol for the degree unless that candidate was enrolled prior to 1983.

3. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate who was enrolled for either the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy or Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) prior to 1983 shall:



(b) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate who enrols forthe degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy after 1982 shall:



(c) The programmes referred to in section 3(a)(i) and 3(b)(i) of this Schedule shall include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.

4. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of25 units under the provisions of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.

5. The degree may be conferred with merit.

24

I.

CORE PROGRAMMES

Bachelor or Engineering The follo~ing core programmes have been approved by the Senate. (a) Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 200 level Chemical Engineering 300 level Chemical Engineering 400 level

(b) Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Civil Engineering 200 level Civil Engineering 300 level Civil Engineering 400 level

(c) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering Mathematics Science First-Year Engineering Electrical Engineering 200 level Electrical Engineering 300/400/500 level Computer Electives

(d) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering

Mathematics Science First-Year Engineering Electrical Engineering 200 level Electrical Engineering 300/400/500 level

(e) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering

Mathematics PhysiCS Chemistry Engineering 100 level Mechanical Engineering 200 level Mechanical Engineering 300 level Mechanical Engineering 400 level

(0 Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering

Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Mechanical Engineering 200 level Mechanical Engineering 300 level Mechanical Engineering 400 level

6 units 4 units 8 units 1 unit [ unit 5 units 8 units 8 units

6 units 4 units 2 units 4 units 7 units

10 units 8 units

6 units 6 units 4 units 4 units

16 units 4 units


20 units


10 units 8 units


10 units 8 units ,

'.',)f~

2. Bachelor (~r Metallurgr The following core programme has been approved by the Senate. of Engineering: Mathcmatics Physics Chemi~try

Enginecring 100 level Mctallurgy 200 level Metallurg) .loo level Metallurg} 400 levcl

3. Bachelor (~r Surveying The following core programme has been approved by the Senate. Mathematic~

Physics Surveying 100 level Surveying 200 Icvel Surveying .lOO level Surveying 400 level

4. Bachelor (~r Sdence (Engineering) The following core programme has been approved by the Senate. Mathematics Physics Chemistry Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 100 level Chemical Engineering 200 level Chemical Engineering 300 level Chemical Engineering 400 level

5. Bachelor (~r Science (Metallurgy) The following core programme has been approved by the Senate.

6 unib 4 unih 4 units 5 unit~ 8 unih

II units 10 units

6 unih 4 units 4 units 8 unil~ 9 units 9 units

6 units 4 units 8 units I unit I unit 5 units 8 units I unit

Mathematic~ 6 units Physics 4 units Chemistry 4 units Engineering 100 level 5 units Metallurgy 200 level 8 units Metallurgy 300 level II units

26

COURSE PROGRAMMES (a) DEPA RT..'tdF ... VT OF CHEi\1/C A L f:NG/NEERING

Illdex (i)

(ii) BE in Chemical Engineering approved programme BE in Chemical Engineering with Process Metallurgy Option

approved programme (iii) Recommended parHime BE programmes (iv) BSc(Eng) in Chemical Engineering approved programme (v) Transition Arrangements

(vi) Elective Requirements

(i) B.E. in Chemical Engineering - approved programme SUhil'cll

YEAR I

ChEI41 ChEI51 ChEI52 GEI51

YEAR II

ChE261 ChE27t ChE25t ChE291 ChE272 ChE241 GE204 GE205

EM2CO EM2BD

YEAR III

ChE371 ChE361 ChE391 ChE362 ChE354 ChE351 ChE342 ChE382 ChE381 ChE352 ChE353

Note

Indu~trial Process Principles Industrial Chcmical Proccsse~ and E4uipmcnt Indu~trial Process De~ign 1 Introduction to Material~ Science Malhematic~ t Chemi~try I Physics IA

Separation Processes I Fuels and Combustion Structurcs and Pressure Vcssel Dcsign Laborator) Fluid Mcchanics Proce~~ Analysis 1 Enginecring Computation~ I Engineering Computations II Chemistry IIC Vector Calculus and Differential El{uations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra

Kinet"lcs and Thermodynamics Separation Processe~ II Laboratory Solids Handling and Minerals Processing Electrochemistry and Corrosion El{uipment Design Process Analysis II Process Dynamics Computations Process Engineering Process Economics Electives

lillil.1

4 4

~ 16

~ 1

2

4 2

~I

15Vi

1

2 2

Vi ~ 1 1

Puxe 27

2g

29 30 30 31

I. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics. Topic B Complcx Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they wish. take these topics in full. in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject Mathematics lIA comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

27

• YEAR IV

ChE462 Environmental Control ~ ChE471 Industrial Safety Y! ChE472 Transport Phenomena I ChE4H2 Process Control I ChE4H3 Reaction Engineering I ChE491 Seminar I ChE496 Research Project 4 ChE497 Design Project 4

Electives -' 15

(ii) R.E. in Chemical Engineering(Process Metallurgy Option) - approved programme

YEAR I

ChEl41 ChEl51 ChEI52 GEl51

YEAR II

ChE261 ChE271 ChE251 ChE291 ChE272 Met261 GE204 GE205

EM2CO EM2BD

YEAR III

ChE37l ChE361 ChE391 ChE362 ChE354 ChE35l ChE382 ChE381 ChE352 ChE353 Met392 Met314

Industrial Process Principles Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment Industrial Process Design I Introduction to Materials Science Mathematics I Chemistry I Physics IA

Separation Processes I Fuels and Combustion Structures and Pressure Vessel Design Laboratory Fluid Mechanics Extraction Metallurgy Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Chemistry IIC Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra

Kinetics and Thermodynamics Separation Processes II Laboratory Solids Handling and Minerals Processing Electrochemistry and Corrosion Equipment Design Process Dynamics Computations Process Engineering Process Economics Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Theory of Metallurgical Processes II

28

Unil.I'

4 4 4

16

'h I 2 I I I I 4 2 _,

l5Y.!

I 2 2

YEAR IV

ChE462 Environmental Control ~ ChE471 Industrial Safety 10 ChE482 Process Control I ChE483 Reaction Engineering I ChE491 Seminar I ChE494 Laboratory Project 2 ChE490 Design Project 2 Met414 Theory of Metallurgical Processes III

Electives ~ 15

Notes I. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics. Topic B Complex

Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they wish. take these topics in full. in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject Mathematics IIA comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

2. ChE491 may be replaced by or taken in conjunction with Mel402 Metallurgy Seminar. 3. ChE494 may be replaced by Met491 Laboratory Project.

(iii) Recommended part-time R.E. Programmes

Stage 2

Stale 4

R.E. Chern. Ena.

ChEI41 ChEl52 GEISI Mathematics I

ChEI51 Physics IA Chemistry I ChEOO2

ChE261 ChE241 GE204 Chemistry IIC EM2CO ChEOOJ

ChE2S1 ChE27! ChE272 ChE29 I ChE361 EM2BD GE20S ChE004

7 units

10 units

10 units

9!,7 units

29

H.E. Chern. Ene. (Proc:ess Metallurgy Option)

ChEI41 ChEIS2 GElS! Mathematics I

ChEI51 Physics IA Chemistry I ChEOO2

ChE261 Met261 GE204 Chemistry IIC EM2CO ChEOO3

ChE2S1 ChE271 ChE272 ChE291 ChE361 EM2BD GE205 ChE004

7 units

10 units

10 units

9!h units

Stage 5

ChE342 ChE35 I ChE35t ChE352 ChE354 ChE353 ChE382 ChE354 ChE391 ChE362 Met314 ChE37t Met392 ChE381 ChE005 10 units ChE382 ChE39J ChE005 10 units

YEAR VI (Full-Time)

ChE462 ChE361 ChE471 ChE37J ChE472 ChE38J ChE482 ChE352 ChE483 ChE353 ChE491 ChE462 ChE496 ChE471 ChE497 ChE482 Electives - 2 units 15 units ChE483

ChE491 ChE494 ChE490 Met414 15 units

(iv) B.Sc.(Eng.) in Chemical Engineering The B.Sc.(Eng.) degree programme in Chemical Engineering is being phased out. Enquiries with respect to the approved course programme should be directed to the Faculty Secretary.

(v) Transition Arrangements All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering, Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Chemical Engineering, or the combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be introduced in 1982 with credit for all subjects passed in the old course, subject to the transition conditions given hereunder.

I. Year by Year Progression Students will follow the year by year progression provided for in the approved programmes listed above.

2. Individual Subjects Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1981 and previous years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing. (a) Students who have completed MEI21 Workshop Practice and ME204

Engineering Computations will not be required to complete GE204 Engineering Computations I and GE205 Engineering Computations II.

(b) Students who have completed ChE34 I Process Analysis II will not be required to complete ChE342 Process Analysis lIar ChE382 Process Dynamics. If such students have not completed Elective I. they will be required to complete an additional unit of Elective in year III.

30

(c) Students who have completed ChE492 will not be required to complete ChE496. Such students will. if they have not completed Elective II. be required to take an additional unit of Elective in year IV.

(d) Students who have completed ChE493 Design Project will not be required to complete ChE497 Design Project. Such students will. if they have not completed Elective II. be required to take an additional unit of Elective in year IV.

3. Exceplional Circumstances

(vi)

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.

Elective Requirements (a) The number of elective units to be taken are:

B.E. (Chemical Engineering) 6 units B.E. (Chemical Engineering with Process Metallurgy Option) 4 units

(b) Elective units may consist of any subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering or other Faculties, subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Chemical Engineering and of the Department responsible for the subject.

(c) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Chemical Engineering's list of Industrial Experience Subjects towards the Electives.

Note: The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

(d) List of Industrial Experience Subjects The subjects comprising the Department of Chemical Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Chemical Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose:

ChEOO2 Industrial Experience I unit ChEOO3 Industrial Experience I unit ChEOO4 Industrial Experience I unit ChEOO5 Industrial Experience I unit

31

• (b) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING

B.E. in Civil Engineering - approved programme B.Surv. - approved programme

(iii) Recommended Part-time Programmes (iv) Transition Arrangements

(a) D.E. (b) B.Surv.

(v) Elective Requirements -(a) D.E. (b) B.Surv.

(vi)

(vii)

Resource Engineering Mining Engineering

(i) D.E. in Civil Engineering - approved programme SuhieclS

YEAR I

CElli eEI?1 EEIJI GEI12 GEISI MElli MEl3l

YEAR II

CE212 CE213 CE224 CE223J CE231 CE232 EE211 EM2CO GE204 GE205 ME223

YEAR III

CE314 CE31S CEJ24 CE33) CE334 CE341 CE342 eE3Sl CE372 GE350

Statics Engineering Surveying I Circuit Fundamentals Introduction to Engineering Design Introduction 10 Materials Science Graphics and Engineering Drawing Dynamics Mathematics I Physics lA

Chemistry IS Mechanics of Solids I Mechanics of Solids II Civil Engineering Materials Engineering Geology Fluid Mechanics I Fluid Mechanics II Energy Conversion Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Engineering Technology

Structural Analysis I Structural Design I Soil Mechanics Fluid Mechanics III Fluid Mechanics IV Water Resources Engineering I Water Resources Engineering II Civil Engineering Systems I Transportation Engineering Seminar Electives

32

Units

1 2 1 1

1 4 4

16

2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2

16

2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

16

Page 32 33 34

35 35

36 36 36 37

YEAR IV

CE425 CE452 CE453

Notes

Earth and Rock Engineering Engineering Construction Project Structures Elective Electives

4 2 S

14

I. With the approval of the Head ofthe Department, Physics IB may be substituted for Physics IA. 2. Chemistry I may replace Chemistry IS and 2 units of Elective. 3. Geology I may replace CE223J Engineering Geology and 2 units of Electivc. 4. Physics II or Electronics and Instrumentation II may replace EEl3l Circuit

Fundamentals, EE2ll Energy Conversion and 2 units of Elective. 5. Mathematics IIA or liB may replace EM2CO and 2 units of Elective provided Topic CO is

included. 6. GEJOI Technology and Human Values I may replace GE350 Seminar and I unit of Elective.

(ii) B.Sun'. - approved programme Sub;el·/S

YEAR I

SVIII SVI21

YEAR II

SV213 SV222 SV232 SV233 SV271 SV291 SV292 CE201 CE223J EM2CO EM2H

YEAR III

SV313 SV3l4 SV334 SV351 SV361 SV393 CE302

Mathematics I Physics IB Economics I Surveying I Survey Camp I

Surveying II Survey Camp II Survey Computations I Survey Computations II Basic Regional and Urban Economics Introduction to Legal Studies Property and Survey Law Civil Engineering IS Engineering Geology Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Probability and Statistics

Surveying III Hydrographic Surveying Survey Computations III Geodesy I Photogrammetry I Land Boundary Definition Civil Engineering lIS Geography liB

33

Units

4 4 4 4

16

1 1 2 2 2

16

2 1 1 2 2 1 2 4

"

YEAR IV SV416 Survcying IV 2 SV441 Astronomy 2 SV452 Geodesy II I SV462 Photogrammetry " I SV465 Advanced Cartography I SV472 Land Valuation I SV473 Town Planning 2 SV475 Surveying Management and Planning I SV48 I Project 2 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I CEJ72 Transportation Engineering

15

Notes I. With the approval of the Head of Department. Physics IA may be ~ubslituled for Physic~ lB. 2. CE223J involves IwO compulsory one-day field excursions. 3. SV313 includes a lO-day live-in survey camp. 4. Geography liB involves up 10 five compulsory one-day field excursions.

(iii) Recommended Part-Time Programmes R.E. Civil Engineering

STAGE I

STAGE 1

STAGE 3

STAGE 4

CElli GEI12 MEllI ME131 Mathematics I

CEI71 GEI51 Physics IA Chemistry IS

CE212 CE213 CE224 EEI31 EE211 ME223 EM2CO

CE223] CE231 CE232 CE341 CE351 CE372 GE204 GE205

8 units

9 unih

9 units

9 units

34

B.Surv,

Mathematics I SVIII SVI21

Physics IB Economics I

cnol CE223] EM2CO EM2H SV232 SV233

SV213 SV271 SV291 SV292 SV361 SV222

8 units

8 units

9 unit~

9 units

STAGE 5

CEJI4 CEJI5 CE324 CE333 CE334 CE342 9 units

Geography liB SV313 SV314 SV334 CE302

10 units

STAGE 6

Structures Elective Elective - 3 units CE425 CE452 GE350

9 units

SV351 SV393 SV416 SV441 SV462 SV473 10 units

STAGE 7

(iv) (a)

(b)

CE453 Electives - - 5 units

Transition Arrangements 8. £. in Cil'il l:.flgineerinx

9 units

CE351 CE372 SV452 SV465 SV472 SV475 SV481

8 units

I. Students who have completed ME2D4 Engineering Computations will not be required to complete GE2D4 Engineering Computations I and GE2D5 Engineering Computations II. Such students will be required to complete an extra unit of Electivc.

2. Students who have completed CE241 Water Resources Engineering I will not be reLJuired to complete CE341 Water Resources Engineering I.

3. Students who have completed CE221 Properties of Materials and CE222 Matcriab Technology will not be required to complete CE224 Civil Engineering Materials.

4. Students who have passed MEI21 Workshop Practice prior to 1983 will not be reLJuired to pass ME223 Engineering Technology_

5. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.

B.Sun'. I. Students who have completed SV212 Surveying II will receive standing in

SV213 Surveying II and SV314 Hydrographic Surveying. 2. Students who have completed both EM2BDand EEI31 will receivc standing in

CE223J Engineering Geology. A student who has completed only one of these subjects will have the option of attempting the other to gain standing in CE223J. or of taking CE223J and declaring the previously completed subject (EM2BD or EEI3I) as extraneous to the degree.

3. (a) Students who have completed SV392 will receive standing in SV292 Property and Survey Law.

(b) Students who have completed SV341 will receive standing in SV441 Astronomy I.

(c) Students who have completed SV474 Survey Management will receive standing in CE351 Civil Engineering Systems 1.

35

4. Students who have exactly completed the fir~t three years of the old course will receive standing in the first three years of the new cour~e. Ics~ SVJ9J I.and Boundary Definition. plus SV441 Astronomy.

5. Students who have completed SV414 and the two electi,e subjecb SV415 and SV464 will receive standing in SVJ9J L.and Boundary Definition. SV416 Surveying IV and SV465 Advanced Cartograph~.

6. The Dean may determine particular tran~itinn arrangement-. in respect 01 an~ student not covered by the above arrangement~.

(v) Elective Requirements D.E. in Civil Engineering A - Ele(·livl's

Eight units of electives ~hall be chosen in accordance \\ilh the following rulc~: (I) At lea~t one unit shall be chosen subject to the approval of Ihe Head of the

Department of Civil Engineering from subjects offered by the Department 01 Ci,il Engineering.

(2) The remaining seven unib may consist of any subjects or part subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering or by other Faculties subject to the approval of the Heads of the Department of Civil Engineering and of the Department responsible for the subject or part subject.

(J) Students may count up to three unit~ from the Department of Civil Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as elective units provided that no such subjects arc counted as subjects offered by the Department of Civil Engineering under Rule (I) above.

B - SlrII("lurt'.~ E/e(·livl'

Structures Elective shall consist of 2 units selected from the following: CE416 Structural Analysis II I unit CE417 Structural Analysis III I unit CE418 Structural Design II I unit CE419 Structural Design III I unit

In exceptional circumstances one unit selected from other structural electives within the Department of Civil Engineering may replace any of the above.

C - Li.,·/ 01 Indu.I·/rial Experience Suh;ecl.1

The subjects comprising the Department of Civil Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose:

CE092 Industrial Experience I unit CE093 Industrial Experiencc I unit CE094 Industrial Experience I unit

Note: The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject lntroductor~

Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may nut be taken a~an elective ~ubject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

(vi) Resource Engineering The Faculty of Engineering in this University has entered into an arrangement with the Faculty of Resource Management in the University of New England to offer combined programmes leading to the Bachelor of Engineering degree in the speciality of Civil Engineering and either the Diploma in Natural Resources or the Bachelor of Natural Resources degree. These programmes allow candidates to work over a period offrom five to five and a half years for concurrent qualifications in engineering and resource management and are designed to provide professional training in engineering as well as the science and practice of natural resource management.

36

Programme A

Year I

Year II

Year III

Year IV

Year V

B.E. (conferred by University of Newcastle) Dip.NaLRes. (awarded by University of New England) student normally enrolled in Year I of B.NaI.Res. programme at U.N.E. student normally enrolled in Year 1I of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E. student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Years I and II of B.E. programme at Newcastle student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Years III and IV of B. E. programme at Newcastle student normally enrolled concurrently in Year IV subjects of the B.E. programme at Newcastle and the Dip.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.

Programme B - B.E. (conferred by University of Newcastle) B.Nat.Res. (conferred by University of New England)

Year 1- Year IV of this programme are similarto Year 1- Year I V of Programme A above. Year V Semester I - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from

Year IV of the B.E. programme at Newcastle

Year VI

Semester II - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from 400 level subjects of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E. Semester I - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from 400-600 level subjects of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.

(vii) Mining Engineering As pointed out in Section 2 of this Handbook, students who have completed two years of the Civil Engineering course in this University may complete the B.E. degree in the Mining Engineering speciality at the University of New South Wales. Such students are normally admitted to the course at the University of New South Wales in the third year of the course. Students wishing to complete the Mining Engineering course should complete Years I and II of the approved Civil Engineering programme as set out on page 32 above. Part-time students should complete Stages 1, 2. 3 and 4 of the recommended part-time programmes as set out on page 34 above except for CE341. CE357 and CE372 in Stage 4.

37

• Index

(c) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AN/) COMPUTER ENGINEERING

(i) B.E. in Electrical Engineering - approved programme

(ii) B.E. in Computer Engineering - approved programme

(iii) Recommended Part-Time and Sandwich Programmes

(i\') Transition Arrangements

(v) Elective Re4uirements

(i) B.E. in Electrical Engineering - approved programme SlIh;t'cf,1

Y[AR I

EEUI CElli GEI12 MElli M[131

Circuit fCundamentab Static~

Introduction to Engineering Design Graphie~ and Engineering Drawing I)ynamic~

Physic~ IA Mathematie~ [ Chemistr) IS

Energy'Convenion Semi-conductor Device~ Electrical Circuits Sy~tematie Programming

Unit,1

4 4 2

15

Y[AR II

EE211 fElll EElJ2 EE262 EE264 Ph221

Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assembly Language I

YEAR III

EEJIJ EEJI4 EE315 EE323 EE324 EE326 EE333 EE344 EE362 GEJ60

Y[AR IV

EE421 EE451 EE480 EE481 EE491

Electromagneties and Quantum Mechanics 2 Mathematics IIA 4 Elttlirt~ 4

Power Systems Electrical Machines Power Electronic~ Linear Electronics I Unear Electronics II Digital Design a nd Technology Advanced Circuit Analysis Communications Switching Theory and Logic Design Automatic Control Electives

Electronics Design A Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas Project; Directed Reading Project.' Directed Reading or 2 EE300/4oo; 500 Seminar 7 from EEJOO/400/500

38

15

I I I 5

15

I I 3 2 I 7

15

Page

38

39

40

41

42

Notes I. Suggested Ycar II del:ti\e~ arc: 2 unib of Pin-sics to replace Ph221 bv Phnics II. plus 2 further

unib from Mathematic~ II I opic~,' , . 2. EE4KO and EE4KI "ill norman~ refer to a single project. J. Part-time ~tudenb may suhsutute Mathemat1e~ liB (fopies B. CO, D) for Mathematie~ lIA

(it CO. D) and may talc tim In two part~, 4.

5.

Studenl~ \\h,) were enrolled in this e(lurse prior to 19KOare required IOcomplete one elective unit ~dected from the ~ubject~ offered hy _the departl1lent~ of t he Faculty (If Engineering i n addition til the ahme programme, The ellmpletlOll ,)1 ME 121 W,)rkshop Practice prim to 19XO shall satish this reljuirement. ' With the appnl\al (If the Head (If Department. Chemi~lrv 1 (4 units) ma\' be taken in lieu 01 Chemistn IS and 2 unit~ ,)1' Electi\-e, . ,

6. GEJ25 Micrnprocessor Systems and Applications may be counted as one unit ,)1 EE 300 400 500,

{iiI B.E, in ('omputer Engineering - approved programme SIII'h"/1

n:,\H I HIJI (Till GFI12 MEllI MFDI

YEAR II

EE211 EE221 EE2J.:! EU02 H20J H.:!M Ph221

YEAR III

EEJ2J EEJ24 EEJ20 EEJ.U EEJ44 EEJ45 EEJb2 GEJ25 GEJ60

('il'cuit Fundament"l .. Statil" Intrudm:tlllil to Engineering Ik~ign (;rarhie~ and FlIgilleel'1ng Dr,1wing [1) Ilillllic...; P~~IA 4 Mathelll,lIie~ I 4 Chemi~tl'~ IS

Energy ('on\l'r~ion Semi-eond UCltlr I Jc\ ices EIL'L'trieill Circuits S~~tl'matil' Programming introdul:tion to Structuring of Information Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assemhly I,anguage Ueetrlllllagnelics ilnd Quantum Mechanics

15

MatlK'matics IIA 4 Ftcetiws 4

I.inear Electronics I I.inear Electr.mies II Digital Design ilnd rechnolug) Advanced Circuit Analysis COlllmunieati(ln~

Digital Signal Processing Switching Theory and Logic De~igl\ Mkroproccssor Systems and Applications Automatic Control Electives

39

I 5

14

Y[ARI\,

I:E42 I EE422 EE426 EE46J EE464 EE4110 EE481 EE491

Notes

Electronic Design A Electronic Design B Advanced Digital System~ Computer OP.crating Systems Compiler Construdion Project Dircct Reading Project Direc' ~cading or 2 EEJOO 400 500 Seminar 4 from Li~t I

3 2

4

15

I. Suggested clectivcs arc: 2 unih of Physic, to rcplace Ph221 by Physic~ II. plus 2 further units from Mathcmatic~ II Topics. EE480 and EE481 will normally refer to a single project. Pari-time studcnh may substitute Mathematics liB (Topic~ B. CO. D) for Mathematic~ IIA (B, CO, D) and may take this in two parts.

4 SlUdents who were enrolled in this course priorto 1980are required tocomplele one elective unit selected from the wbjects offered by the departments of the Faculty of Engineering in addition to the abovc programme. The completion of ME 121 Workshop Practice prior to 1980 shall satisfy thi\ re4uiremenl.

5. With the approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 unit~) may be taken in lieu of Chemi~try IS and 2 unih of Elective.

6. Students who have completed 5 units of List I prior to 1981 shall be entitled tocount I such unit in lieu of EE426 Advanced Digital Systems in satisfaction of Degree Requirements.

LIST /- FOURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS FOR COMPUTER ENGINEERING

(a) Any EE300. 400 or 500 subject.

(b) Any ME400, 500 or GE400. 500 level subject with approval of Head of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

(c) Commerce - Commercial Programming (I unit).

(d) Year III and IV topics offered by Mathematics Department with the approval of the Head of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.


Elec. Eng. Elec. Eng. Computer Eng. Computer Eng. normal part-time Sandwich normal part-lime Sandwich

Stage I Stage I Stage 1 Stage I

Maths I Maths I As for EE As for EE EEI31 EEIJI part-Ilme sandwich MElli MElli GEI12 GEIl2

CElli 7 units 8 units 7 units 8 units

Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Physics IA Physics IA As for EE Physics IA MEI31 ME131 part-time EE211 CElli Chern. IS EE262 Chemistry IS EE092 EE264 EE092 EE211 Chem. IS

EE092 9 units 9 units 9 units 10 units

40

Stage 3 Siage 3 - Siage 3 Stage 3 hi Semester

EE211 EE221 A~ for EE EE221 EEnl EE232 part-time EE232 EE232 EE262 EE263 Ph221 EE264 Maths IIA Maths IlA Ph221 MEIJI H093 Math~ IIA Ph221

10 unit~ 10 unit~ 10 unih 10 uni"

Stage 4 Stage 4 - Siage 4 Stage 4-1st Semester ht Semester

EE262 EE314 EE262 EEJ23 EE264 EE323 EE263 EE333 EE3l3 EE333 EE264 EE362 EE314 EE362 EE323 GE360 4 units GE360 EE324 4 units

Elective 4 unih 4 unit\ Elective EE094 Elective Elective

EE094 9 unih 9 units 10 unih 8 unih

Stage 5 Stage 5 - Stage S Stage 5-2nd Semester 2nd Semester

£E323 EE31J EEJ26 GEJ25 E£324 H315 EE333 EE344 EE326 EE324 EE344 EEJ45 £E333 EE326 EE345 ££324 E£344 £E344 EE362 EE46J EE362 EE362 GE325 EE464 GEJ60 J EEJOO 400 500 GE360 2 from List I

Elective EE095 II units K unit~ 8 units 8 unil\

Stage 6 Stage 6 - Siage 6 Stage 6 -1st Semester ht Semester

EE3t5 EE421 EEJ26 EE451 EE421 EE422 EE421 EE421 EE451 EE426 EE097 5 EE3001400; 500 A EE300,400,500 EE463 2 from List I EE095 2 units - EE464 2 units

Elective 2 from List Elective EE096

9 unils 8 units II units II units

Stage 7 Stage 7 -2nd Semester

Stage 7 Stage 7 -2nd Semester

EE480 EE480 EE480 EE422 EE426

EE481 or EE481 or EE481 or EE4110 2 EE300 J 400 /500 2 EE300;400.,500 2 EE300.:400.:800 EE481 or

EE491 EE491 E£491 2 EE300;400,. 500 2 EE300/400/800 EE097 2 from Li~t I EE491


(iv) Transition Arrangements

All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering, Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering, or the combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1982 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be introduced in 1983 with credit for all subjects passed in the old courses. subject to the transition conditions given hereunder.

I. Year by Year Progression Year completed in 1981 Year I Year II Year III

41

Required to complete in subsequent year:. Years II. III and IV Years III and IV Year IV

Ib) &Idle/or or ElIgil1t'erillg ill CO/llplller Engineering (FilII-rime)

rear ('Oil/filerI'd ill /9XI Year I Year II Year III

Rl'quirt'd to cOll/pleft' il/ suhseqllf'11I n'u/"'\' Years II. III and IV Years III and IV Year IV

2. Illdiddlwl S'IIn;af,\

J.

4.

Students oul of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1982 and previous years. The following addilional information may be used to determine standing. .... ·uhj!'('/ u/r{'adr 1'/1.\,,,,,, or <"n'dill'd

EE32J Linear Elcclronics EE324L Electronics Laboratory En'l'l'filmul ('irnwHfllf1c('.\

EE32] Linear Electronics I EE324 Linear Electronics II

In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in panil'ular transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed. Additionul PrOl'isioll.\ Electrical Engineering

(a) Students who have passed EE325 prior to 19tD will count that subject in lieu of EE326. .

(b) Students who have passed GE350 prior to 1983 will count GD50 as I Unit of Electives.

(c) Students who have passed EE341 prior to 19H4 will count that subject in lieu of GE360.

Computer Engineering

(a) Students who have passed both EE325 and GE350 prior to 1983 will count these subjects in lieu of GE325 and EE326.

(b) Students who have passed EE325 but not GE350 prior to 19H3 will count the subject passed in lieu of GE325 Microprocessor Systems and Applications, and will complete I unit of list I in lieu of EE326.

(c) Students who have passed GE350 but not EE325 prior to 1983 will count GE350 in lieu of I unit of List I.

(d) Students who have passed EE341 prior to 19H4 will count that subject in lieu of GE360.

(v) Elective Requirements

(a) &che/or (?/' f:)'Kineering in i:.lectrical EnKineerinK Nine units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules subject to the approval of the Head of Department:

(I) At least four units of Elective shall comprise a first year Arts subject or equivalent in a non-technical area.

(2) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as electives provided that no such subjects are counted as first year Arts subject units under rule (I) above.

(3) All elective units, other than Industrial Experience subjects. shall be selected from subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

(b) &che/or (?/' Engineering in Computer EnKineering Nine units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules subject to the approval of the Head of Department.

42

i

Note:

II)

(2)

At least four units of Elective shall comprise a first year Arts subject or equivalent in a non-technical area. Students may count up to five unib from the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience subjects aseleclive units provided that no such subjects arc counted as first year Arts subject units under rule (I) above.

(3) All elective units. other than Industrial Experience subjects, shall be chosen from subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.

I. Student~ may take the \ubject~ GEJOI Technology and Human Valuc~ I and GE)02 Technolog)

2.

(b)

and Human Value~ 11 in lieu of the four units of c!ecti\C \elccted from fir\t year Arts ~ubjc(;ts. The Faeutty Board. Facult) of Engineering has re\olved that the subject IntrndUf.:ltH) Quantitative Method\ offered by the Department of Economic~ may not be taken as an elective subject by student\ enrolled 111 the Faculty III Engineering.

/J.\'I (~/' Industrial Etperience Suh;ect.I' The subjects comprising the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering. The following subjects have been approved for this purpose: EE092 Indu~trial Experience I unit EE093 Industrial Experience J unit EE094 lndu~trial Experience I unit EE095 Indu~trial EXperience I unit EE096 Industrial Experience I unit EE097 Industrial Experience 2 unit~

The ~ubject EE097 may be taken only by ~tudent\ enrolled under the sandwich pattern.

43

-(d) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Index (i) H.E. in Mechanical Engineering - - approved programme

(ii) H.E. in Industrial Engineering - approved programme (iii) Recommended Part-Time and Sandwich Programmes (iv) Transition Arrangements (v) Elective Requirements

(i) H.E. in Mechanical Engineering - approved programme SlIhiel"f.1

YEAR I

CElli MElli GEI12 ME131 GElS] ME223

YEAR II

EE131 GE204 GE20S ME201 ME202 ME20) ME212 ME214 ME232 ME241 ME251 ME271 EM2CO EM2BD

YEAR III

EE2]1

GE301 GE360 ME302 ME312 ME3)) ME342 ME343 ME352 ME372 ME3?3 EM2H

Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Introduction to Materials Science Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS

Circuit Fundamentals Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Experimental Methods I Dynamics of Engineering Systems Experimental Methods II Engineering Design I Mechanics of Solids I Dynamics of Machines I Properties of Materials I Fluid Mechanics I Thermodynamics I Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra

Energy Conversion Technology and Human Values I Automatic Control Experimental Methods III Engineering Design II Dynamics of Machines II Properties of Materials II Mechanics of Solids II Fluid Mechanics II Heat Transfer Thermodynamics II Probability and Statistics Electives

44

Uni/J

4 4 ,

16

[

[ , [

15

[ ,

[ , 15

PaKe 44 45 46 47 48

YEAR IV ME41J ME485 ME490

Engineering De,ign III :"umerical Control .lIld Computer Aided Manufacturing Projed Seminar Electi\c~

4 9

15

Notes I. With apprmal of the Head 01 Department. Chemi~tr~ I (4 unih) ma~ he tal..en in lieu of

Chemi\try IS and 2 unih of cieeti\e

2. EM2BD i~ a ~ingle unit com hi nation of the ~ceond-year Mathematic~ topic~. I opic B Comple:>. Analnis and Topic D i.inear Algchra. StudCnh may. il they \\i~h. take the~e t()pic~ in full. in which ca~e the three uni" of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit ~ubjl'ct Mathematic~ IIA compri~ing -Iopic~ CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematlc~ IIA would he counted a~ one unit of elective.

J. It is recommended that ~tudent~ intending to enrol 111 .\uhjech from Elective Strand 2 Computing. ~hould include EE264 in their Year 111 programme.

4. The final year project may he expanded hy the selection of Project Elective lInih ME497 or ME498. Student~ may enrol in either Projeet Elective Unit only after ~uitahle ~upcrvisor~ arrangements have been made and the written approval of the Head of the Department 01 Mechanical Engineering ohtained.

(ii) D.E. in Industrial Engineering - approved programme .\·uh;nl.1

YEAR I CElli MElli GEI12 MEI31 GEI51 ME223

YEAR II EEIJI GE204 ME201 ME202 ME203 ME212 ME2J4 ME232 ME241 ME251 ME271 EM2CO EM2BD EM2H

Statics Graphics and Engineering Drawing Introduction to Engineering Design Dynamics Introduction to Materials Science Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physic~ IA Chemistry IS

Circuit Fundamentals Engineering Computatiom I Experimental Methods I Dynamics of Engineering Sy~tem~ Experimental Methods II Engineering Design I Mechanie~ of Solids I Dynamics of Machines I Properties of Materials I Fluid Mechanics I Thermodynamic~ I Vector Calculu~ and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra Probability and Statistics

45

lillin

[

[ [ [ [ [

4 4 2

[6

[ [ [

[

[ [ [ [ [ [ [

2 [

[

15

YEAR III EE21 I GE205 GEJOI GE360 MEJI2 MDJJ ME34J MUXI MLHD ME4X2 ME4X7 ME4XIi

YEAR IV ME41J ME4liJ ME4li4 ME4li5 ME496

Energy COll\er~ion Engineering ComputatlOn~ I I fechnologyand Human Value~ I Automatic Control Engineering Design II Ihnamit·s nl Machine~ II Meehan.t: ... nr Solid~ II Mt:thnds Engineering Quality Engineering Eng1lleenng Ecnnomio I Operations Rewarl'h Fundamental let:hni4ue~ Opemtion~ Re ... ei.reh Planning Inventon C(lntrol

and Manageme'nt

Engineering De~ign III Production Scheduling Engineering Ewnomies II "IIumerieal Control and C(lmputl'r Aided Manuracturing Project Seminitr Electi\e ...

I I 2 I I I I I I I I I

15

I I I I 4 7

15

I. With appro\<ll or the Head of Department. Chemi~try I (4 unih) ma~ he taken in lieu of Chemi~try IS and 2 unil~ of cleeti\e.

2. F.M2BD i~ a ~ingle unitwmhination of the ~ecl)IJd-year Mathemalie.~ \opie.~. Topic 8 Complex Analysl~ and ['ople D Linear Algehra. Students may. if they wl~h.take thc~c tople~ in lull. 111

which case the three unib of E M2CO and EM28D would he replaced with the 4 unit ~ubjcct Mathematie~ IIA compri~ing Topics CO. B and D. Onl' unit of Mathematie~ IIA "ould he counted a~ one unit of clcctiH'.

.l It is rewmmended that studenh intending to enrol in subjecl~ from Elective Strand 2 Computing. should include EE264 in their Year III programme.

4. rhe fin<ll year project may he expanded by the selection of Project Elective lInit~ ME497 or ME49X. Studcnt~ may enrol in either Project Elccti\·c Unit only after ~uitable supervisory arrangements have heen made and the writh:n approval of the Head nf the Dcp<lrtment of Mech<lnical Engineering ohtained.


Mech. Eng. Mech. Eng. Industrial Eng. Industrial Eng. normal part-time Sandwich normal part-time Sandwich

Stage I Stage I Stage I Stage I CEllI Same as normal Same as Mech. Eng. Same as Mech. Eng. MEllI part-time normal part-time normal part-time GEI12 MEIJI Maths I

!! units !! units 8 units 8 units Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 ME22J ME223 Same as Mech. Eng. ME223 GEISI EEIJI normal part-time EEIJI Chern. IS GEISI GEI51 Physics IA Chern IS Chern IS

Physics IA Physics IA 8 units 9 units 8 units 9 units

46

, !

I

Stage 3 Stage 3 - Stage 3 Stage 3 -1st Semester I st Semester

ME212 MElOI ME2l2 MElOI ME214 ME202 ME2l4 ME202 ME232 ME214 ME232 ME214 ME241 MEl71 ME241 ME271 ME27l EM2CO ME271 ME2CO EM2CO EM28D EM2CO EM2BD EM28D GE204 EM28D GE204 ME092 ME092

9 unih X unih 9 units It units

Stage 4 Stage 4 - Stage 4 Stage 4 -2nd Semester 2nd Semester

EEIJI EE211 EEIJI EE211 GE204 GElUS GE204 GElOS GE20S ME20) ME201 ME203 ME201 ME212 ME202 ME212 ME202 ME2)2 ME20J ME2J2 ME203 ME241 ME2S1 ME241 ME25l ME2S1 EM2H ME251 EM2H EM2H ME093 EM2H ME093 ME097 ME097


Stage 5 Stage S- Stage S Stage 5 -1st Semester 1st Semester

EE211 GE301 EE211 GEJOI GE360 GE360 GE205 GE360 ME302 ME312 GE360 ME312 ME342 ME333 ME34) MEJ3J ME343 ME352 ME381 ME38l ME352 ME373 ME3!!3 ME3!!3 ME372 I unit ME482 ME482 ME373 Eie-ctive ME094 ME4B7 ME094

9 unih Ii units 8 units 9 units

Stage 6 Stage 6- Stage (; Stage 6 -2nd Semester 2nd Semester

GE301 ME302 GEJOI MEJ43 ME3l2 ME342 ME312 ME484 ME333 ME34J MD3J ME4BB 5 units ME372 ME487 5 units

Electives 5 units - ME488 Electives Electives 4 unib

Electives 9 units 9 units 10 units 8 units

Suge 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 ME413 ME413 ME413 ME413 ME485 ME485 ME483 ME483 ME496 ME496 ME4B4 ME485 3 units- 3 units ME4!!5 ME496

Electives Electives ME496 2 units 2 units Electives

Electives 9 units 9 units 10 units 9 units


All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering. Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering or combined degree programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1983 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter in the new degree courses to be introduced in 1984 with credit for aU subjects passed in the old courses.

Students who have passed ME313 will be granted standing in ME4J3.

Students who have passed subjects not in1cuded in the new course will be granted standing in the appropriate electives.

47

(v) Elective Requirements (a) Mechanical Enf{ineeriflf{

Eleven elective units shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules: I. Elective units shall be selected from the list of Approved Elective Subjects

(except as provided in rules 3 and 4 below). 2. No more than 4 units may be selected from Strand 7 - Humanities. 3. Part·time students may select up to 3 units from the Industrial Experience units

offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering. 4. In exceptional circumstances. the Head of the Department of Mechanical

Engineering may approve the selection of elective units not listed in the list of Approved Elective Subjects.

(b) IIltlwHial Enf{ineerinK Nine elective units shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:

I. Elective units shall be selected from the list of Approved Elective Subjects (except as provided below).

2. Part-time students may select up to 3 units from the Industrial Experience units offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

3. In exceptional circumstances. the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering may approve the selection of elective units notiisted in the list of Approved Elective Subjects.

(c) Apl'rol'ed Elective Suhje(·,.\· The following subjects have been approved for selection by Mechanical Engineering and Industrial Engineering students in accordance with the Elective Requirements of their respective courses. It is strongly recommended that students concentrate their choice of elective units in at least one of strands I to 5. Note: I. Not all of the subjects listed below may be available in every year. Before

selecting Electives. students should consult the University Timetable. 2. Timetable clashes may prevent the selection of certain combinations of

Elective subjects. Strand I - Engineering Science Units

ME342 Properties of Materials II 1 ME352 Fluid Mechanics II I ME373 Thermodynamics II I ME434 Dynamics of Machines III I ME444 Properties of Materials III 1 ME445 Mechanics of Solids III I ME453 Fluid Mechanics III I ME473 Thermodynamics III I ME474 Heat Transfer II I

Strand 2 - Computinf{ EE264

GE325 EE342 ME405

Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assembly Language

Microprocessor Systems and Applications Linear System Theory Advanced Numerical Programming Commercial Programming

48

Strand 3 .- Desif{n ME384 Design for Production ME410 Advanced Design Concepts ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids CE314 Structural Analysis I 2 CE315 Structural Design I 2 CE415 Optimal Design of Structural Elements I

Strand 4 - SY.Hem.\· Ana(\".~is. Operaliom Research and Indu.l"lrial Enf{ineerinf{ ME381 Methods Engineering ME383 Quality Engineering ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids ME481 Engineering Administration ME482 Engineering Economics I ME483 Production Scheduling ME484 Engineering Economics II ME487 Operations Research: Fundamental Techniques ME488 Operations Research: Planning. Inventory Control

and Management EE342 Linear System Theory

Strand 5 - f:)1\'iron;"ental Enf{ineering ME407 Environmental Engineering I ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control I SV472 Land Valuation I SV473 Town Planning 2

Strand 6- Project/ Directed Reading ME497 Project, Directed Reading 2 ME498 Project; Directed Reading I

Strand 7 - Humanities GE302 Technology and Human Values II 2 Any subject offered by the departments of the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of Economics and Commerce. subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

(d) Ust l~r Industrial Experience Subjects The following subjects have been approved for this purpose. ME092 Industrial Experience I unit ME093 Industrial Experience I unit ME094 Industrial Experience I unit ME097 Industrial Experience 2 units ME098 Industrial Experience 2 units The subjects ME097 and ME098 may be taken only by students enrolled under the sandwich pattern.

Note: The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken asan elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.

49

-

(el DEPART.HF.vTOF .HfJALU'RGl'

Index (il B.Met. approvcd programme

(ii) Rccommended parHime B.Met. programme (iii) B.Sc.(MeL) - approved programme {iVl Transition Arrangements (v) Elective RCljuirements

(i) B.Met. - approved programme SlIhied

YEAR I

OEI41 ChEI51 (,hE152 GE151

YEAR II

EM2CO EM2BD OE204 GE20S Mct261 Met214 Mct241 Met251 Met271 Met2!11

YEAR III

Mct301 ChE353 Mct314 Met3SS Met37S

Met391

Met392

YEAR IV

Met401 Met402 Met491

Mathematics 1 Physics IA Chemistry I Industrial Proccs~ Principle, Indu~trial Chemical Prnce~se~ and Eljulpment Indu~trial Proce~s De~ign I Introduction to Materiab Sl:ience

Vector Calculu~ and Differential Eljuation~ Complex Analysis and linear Algebra Engineering CompUiation~ I Engineering Computations 11 Extraction Metallurgy Theory of Metallurgical Proce~se~ I M icroplasticit~ Metallography Fabrication Metallurg) Atomic and Electronic Structure Electives I

Communication Skills Process Economics Theory of Metallurgical Processes II Physical Mctallurgy Industrial Metallurgy Met300 Subjects Physical Metallurgy Laboratory

OR Chcmical Metallurgy Laboratory Electives II

Directed Reading Metallurgy Seminar laboratory Pro.iect Met400 Subjects

50

PlIKl' I 50 I 51

52 1

53

54

('lIil,'

4 4 4

16

J

16

y~

1/2

]

2 2 2

2

4

16

2 I 2 ,

IJ

Noles I. Part-time students may. with the permission of the Head of Department. take 2 units of

Met400 subjects or other subjects in lieu of Met491 Laboratory Project. 2. To be chosen after consultation with the Head of Department. 3. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics, Topic B Complex

Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they wish, take these topics in full. in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the unit 4 subject Mathematics JlA comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be counted as one unit of elective.

4. Part-time students may take up to 5 units of Met09 - Industrial Experience subjects in lieu of Met49 I Laboratory Project and 3 Met400 units.

Lisl uf Me/JOO Sub;e/'/S Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes Met312 Modelling & Control of Metallurgical Process Met322 Electrochemistry, Corrosion & Hydrometallurgy Met353 Solidification Processes Met354 Quantitative Metallography Met356 Metallographic Techniques Met364 Refractories Met374 Welding & Non-Destructive Testing Not all the above Subjects will be offered in any given year.

Met411 Met414 Met451 Met4S2 Met4S3 Met481 Met482 Met490

v.,·t or Mel400 Sub;e("1S Metallurgy Computations Theory of Metallurgical Processes III Structure of Real Crystals Physical Metallurgy Metallography Disclocation Theory Metal Physics Design Project

Unit.s

Unit.s I 3 I I I I I 2

After discussion with the Head of Department, certain of these subjects may be offered at a higher level and at an increased unit value. Not all the above Subjects will be offered in any given year.

Only a student transferring from the degree of B.Sc.(Met.) may claim his industrial experience as appropriate Met092-096 Industrial Experience units.

(ii) Recommended Part-Time B.Met. Programme Stage I Stage 5

Mathematics I Met301 ChEI41 ChE353 ChEISI Met314 GEISI 8 units Met355 ChEI52 Met375

Met09S 9 units

Stale 1

Chemistry I Physics IA MetOn 9 units

Stale 3 Stage 6 EM2CO 2 units Met300 EM2BD Met391 or 392 Met241 Met096 9 units Mel251 4 units of Elective Met26 I Met27 I Met28 I Met093 9 units

51

Stage 4

GE2D4 GE2D5 Mct214 3 units of Elective Met094 9 units

Siage 7

Met401 Met402 5 unib Met400

K unih

The following table illustrates the possible combinations of part-time and full-time study which enable the B.Met. degree to be completed in from four to seven years of study. The numerals in italics refer to the number of units to be taken in a year of full-time study whilst th~ numerals in o.rdi~ary type refer to the units taken in a year of part-time study. An astensked numeral mdlcates that this figure includes one Met09 - Industrial Experience unit.

4 years S years

First year 16 8 Second year 16 9' Third year 16 16 Fourth year 13 16 Fifth year 12 Sixth year Seventh year

(iii) B.Sc.(Met.) - Approved Programme Suh;e{"f

Siage 1

ChEI41 ChEl51 ChEI52 GEI51

Stage 1

Stage 3

EM2CO EM2BD Met241 Met251 Met261 Met271 Met281

Siage 4

GE2D4 GE2D5 Met214

Mathematics I Industrial Process Principles Industrial Chemical Processe~ & Equipment Industrial Process Design I Introduction to Materials Science

Chemistry I Physics IA

Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra Microplasticity Metallography Extraction Metallurgy Fabrication Metallurgy Atomic and Electronic Structure

Engineering Computations I Engineering Computations II Theory of Metallurgical Processes I Electives

52

6 years

9' '0' '0' 16

"

7 years

9' 9' 9' 9' 9' 8

Unif.1

4

4 4

8

2

, ,

--' 8

..1 8

Stage S MetJOI ChEJ5J MetJl4 MetJ55 MetJ75

Stage 6

MetJ91

MetJ92

Communication Skills Process Economics Theory of Metallurgical Proees~e~ II Physical Metallurgy Industrial Metallurgy

MetJOO Subjects Physical Metallurgy Laboratory

OR Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Electives


2

4

8

All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) degree. or the Bachelor of Metallurgy degree. or any combined degree programme. who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree course to be introduced in 1982. with credit for all subjects passed in the old course. and subject to transition conditions given hereunder.

I. Indi\,jdual Subjecr.~ Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all units passed in 1980 and previous years. The following additional information may be used to determine standing: (a) Students who have passed MEI21 Workshop Practice prior to 198) may

count that unit in lieu of ChE 151 Industrial Chemical Processes & Equipment. (b) Suh;eca a/ready pas.I"e(/ Siandinx 10 he xrameti

MElli Graphics & Engineering ChEI52 Industrial Process Design I Drawing

Mel351 Metallography Met355 Physical Metallurgy

Met352 Physical Metallurgy Met371 Materials Selection

Met375 Industrial Metallurgy Met372 Industrial Metallurgy EM2F Numerical Analysis &

ME204 Engineering Computations Computing ME204 Engineering GE204 Engineering Computations I

Computations GE2D5 Engineering Computations II plus I unit of Elective

2. Exceptional Circumstances In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases. the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed. This applies mainly to students who have partially completed Year III in 1979.

53

•

(v) Elective Requirements

Note:

The seven units of Elective must be chosen from subjects approved by the Head of the Department of Metallurgy. The following Jist contains subjects recommended by the Head of Department but is not exhaustive:

Physics II (4 units) Second year Mathematics topics (I unit each) Electronics & Instrumentation 11 (4 units) CE III Statics GEI12 Introduction to Engineering Design MEI31 Dynamics Year I ~ubjects offered by Departments within the Faculty of Arts, Faculty

of SCience or Faculty of Economics and Commerce Year III or Year IV subjects offered by Departments within the Faculty of

Engineering.

The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering ha~ resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitati\e Methods.offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students enrolled In the Faculty of Engineering.

54

,

:;

II - REGULATIONS GOVERNING DIPLOMAS OFFERED IN THE FACliLTY OF ENGINEERING

General I. These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council

under By-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the Diploma in Industrial Engineering and the Diploma in Surveying.

De.f/nilions

2. (I) In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto. unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires: "course" means the total requirements as prescribed in the schedule to qualify a candidate for the award of the Diploma; "Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering; "Department" means the department or departments offering a particular subject and includes any other body doing so; "Diploma" means the Diploma in Industrial Engineering or the Diploma in Surveying as the case may be: "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering; "responsible department" means the department designated as such in the Schedule: "Schedule" means the Schedule to these Regulations relevant to the diploma in which a person is enrolled or proposing to enrol: "subject" means any part of the course for which a result may be recorded.

(2) The unit value of a subject for the purposes of these Regulations shall be determined by the Faculty Board.

Admission and I:.nrolmenr

3. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall have satisfied the requirements for admission specified in the Schedule.

(2) Application for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Faculty Board which may approve or reject any application.

4. (I) In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean or his nominee.

(2) A candidate will not be permitted to enrol in any subject which is deemed by the Faculty Board to be substantially equivalent to one which he has previously counted towards a degree or diploma.

Standing

5. (I) The Faculty Board. on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department. may grant a candidate standing in the course in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere on such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine.

(2) The standing granted under this regulation shall not exceed the unit value specified in the Schedule.

Prerequisites and Corequisites

6. (I) The Faculty Board. on the recommendation of the Head of Department. may prescribe prerequisites andl or corequisites for a subject.

55

(2) Except with the approval of the Dean, a candidate may not enrol in a subject unless he or she has passed any subject prescribed as its prerequisite and has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in any subject prescribed as its corequisite.

Withdrawal

7. (1) (\ cand.idate may withdraw from e~roln:ten~ in a ~~bject or the Diploma only by mformmg the Secretary to the Umverslty m wfltmg and the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be: (a) in the case of any subject offered only in the first half of the academic year

the last Monday of first term; , (b) in the case of any subject offered only in the second half of the academic

year, the fourth Monday of third term; (c) in the case of any other subject, the last Monday of second term.

Sub;ect Requirements

8. (I) To .complete a subject, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, semmars, laboratory classes and field work and submit such written or other work as the Department shall require.

(2) To pass a sub.il;:ct a candidate shall complete it and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board shall require.

Grading of Diploma

9. The Diploma shall be awarded in one grade only.

Award of Diploma

10. To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the reqUirements prescribed in the Schedule.

Exceptional Circumstances

II. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the Senate on the. recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Regulations.

SCHEDULE I - DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

I.

2.

For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the Diploma shall be the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

(I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: (a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University

of Newcastle; or

(b) haye s~tisfied th~ requirements for admission to a degree in another umverslty recogmsed for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or

(c) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.

(2) Not~ithstandin.g the provisions of sub-sectio.n. (I). the Faculty Board may req.Ulre an apph~ant to complete such prerequISIte and/or corequisite studies as It may prescnbe.

56

f ~ , '~

3. (I)

(2)

To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation ofthe Head of the responsible department totalling not less than twelve units.

The programme referred to in sub-section (I) shall contain two units of study comprising the investigation of and report on a project specified by the Head of the responsible department.

4. Standing granted to a candidate under Regulation 5 of these Regulations shall not exceed six units, except that a candidate who has transferred from the Master of Engineering Science degree course may be granted standing in subjects equivalent to the unit value of those subjects completed while the candidate was enrolled in the degree course.

5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the course shall not be completed in less than two years of part-time study.

SCHEDULE 2 - DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING

l. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the Diploma shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.

2. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: (a) have satisfied the requirements for admission toa degree in the University

of Newcastle; or (b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in another

university recognised for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or (c) have Registration as a Land Surveyor, or hold the issue of a Certificate of

Competency, by any of the Boards of Surveyors of Australia or New Zealand; or

(d) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the purpose of admission to candidature.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section (I) the Faculty Board may require an applicant to complete such prerequisite and/or corequisite studies as it may prescribe.

3. To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not less than twelve units.

4. Standing granted to a candidate under Regulation 5 of these Regulations shall not exceed four units.

5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the course shall not be completed in less than two years of part-time study.

57

Approved Subiel'f.~

(a) Diploma in Industrial Engineering Students enrolling in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering may select their programme from the following list of subjects:

ME381 ME383 ME481 ME482 ME483 ME484 ME485

ME487 ME488

Methods Engineering Quality Engineering Engineering Administration Engineering Economics I Production Scheduling Engineering Economics II Numerical Control and Computer Aided

Manufacturing Operations Research - Fundamental Techniques Operations Research - Planning. Inventory Control and

Management

Cnjl.l'

ME582D Industrial Computations I ME681D Industrial Law 2 M E684D Project 2

The above list of subjects is for use simply as a guide in the selection of a programme. The list ~s not exhaustive. Students may, if they wish. select other ME400/ 500 level subjects or subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Mechanical Engineering. Please note th.at the programme selected must be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

(b) Diploma in Surveying The Faculty Board has approved the subjects listed below for inclusion in the Diploma programme.

Note

CE351 CE372 CE474 SV271 SV313 SV314 SV334 SV351 SV361 SV393 SV416 SV441 SV452 SV462 SV465 SV472 SV473 SV475 SV582

Civil Engineering Systems I Transportation Engineering Transportation Planning Basic Regional and Urban Economics Surveying III Hydrographic Surveying Survey Computations III Geodesy I Photogrammetry I Land Boundary Defmitions Surveying IV Astronomy Geodesy II Photogrammetry II Advanced Cartography Land Valuation Town Planning Survey Management and Planning Project Geography lIB Economics I

I. A ten day live-in Survey Camp is included as part of SV313.

58

Unjl.l'

I I I 2 2 I I 2 2 I 2 2 I I I I 2 I 2 4 4

, (c) MASTER DEGREE

REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTER DEGREES

PART I - GENERAL I. (I) These Regulations, including the Schedules thereto, prescribe the conditions

and requirements relating to the degrees of Master of Architecture. Master of Arts, Master of Commerce, Master of Education, Master of Educational Studies, Master of Engineering, Master of Engineering Science. Master of Mathematics. Master of Psychology (Clinical). Master of Psychology

(2)

(Educational) and Master of Science. In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto. unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires: "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty responsible for the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol; "programme" means the programme of research and study prescribed in the Schedule; "Schedule" means the Schedule of these Regulations pertaining to the course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol; and "thesis" means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a candidate.

(3) These Regulations shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa. (4) A degree of Master shall be conferred in one grade only.

2. An application for admission to candidature for a degree of Master shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with the Secretary to the University by the prescribed date.

3. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: (a) (i) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree of

Bachelor in the University of Newcastle as specified in the Schedule; or

(ii) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree or equivalent qualification, approved for the purpose by the Faculty Board, in another tertiary institution; or

(iii) have such other qualifications and experience as may be approved by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; and

(b) have satisfied such other requirements as may be specified in the Schedule.

(2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule. applications for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Faculty Board which may approve or reject any application.

(3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision and facilities are available. Whether these are available shall be determined by the Faculty Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides.

4. To qualify for admission to a degree of Master a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the requirements of these Regulations including the Schedule.

S. The programme shall be carried out:-(a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors either appointed by the

Faculty Board or as otherwise prescribed in the Schedule; or ., (b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise determine.

,1. 6. Upon request by a candidate the Faculty Board may grant leave of absence from

the course. Such leave shall not be taken into account in calculating the period for the programme prescribed in the Schedule.

59

7. (I) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by informing the Secretary to the University in writing and such withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.

(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be: (a) in the case of a subject offered in the first half of the academic year ._

the last Monday in first term; (b) in the case of a subject offered in the second half of the academic vear-

the fourth Monday in third term; -(c) in the case of any other subject - the last Monday in second term.

8. (I) If ~he Faculty Board is of the opinion that the candidate is not making satisfactory progress towards the degree then it may terminate the candidature or place such conditions on its continuation as it deems fit.

(2) For ~he purpose ?f assessing a. candidate's progress, the Faculty Board may reqUire any candidate to submit a report or reports on his progress.

(3) A candidate against whom a decision of the Faculty Board has been made under Regulation 8(1) of these Regulations may request that the Faculty Board cause his case to be reviewed. Such request shall be made to the Dean of the ~aculty within seven days from the date of posting to the candidate the advice of the Faculty Board's decision or such further period as the Dean may accept.

(4) A can~idate mar: appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against any decision made followmg the review under Regulation 8(3) of these Regulations.

9. In exception~1 circumstances arising in a particular case. the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of ,these Regulations.

PART II - EXAMINATION AND RESULTS 10. The Examination. Re~ulatio~s approved from time to time by the Council shall

apply to all .exa~l1lnatlOns wI~h re~pect to a degree of Master with the exception of the exammatlOn of a thesIs which shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Regulations 12 to 16 inclusive of these Regulations.

II. The Faculty Board shall consider the results in subjects. the reports of examiners and any other recommendations prescribed in the Schedule and shall decide: (a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree; or (b) in a ca.se where a thesis has been submitted, to permit the candidate to

resubmit an amended thesis within twelve months of the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of the first examination or within such longer period of time as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(c) to re9uir~ the candidate to undertake such further oral, written or practical exammatlOns as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or

(d) not to recom!llend that the candidate be admitted to the degree, in which case the candidature shall be terminated.

PART III - PROVISIONS RELATING TO THESES 12. (I) The subject ?f a thesis shall be approved by the Faculty Board on the

recommendatIOn of the Head of the Department in which the candidate is carrying out his research.

(2) The thes~s shall not contai.n as its main content any work or material which ~as ,pre.vlOusly been submitted by the candidate for a degree in any tertiary mstltutlon unless the Faculty Board otherwise permits.

13. Th~ candidate shall give to the Secretary to the University three months' written notice of the date he expects to submit a thesis and such notice shall be accompanied by any prescribed fee. t

I. At present there is no fee payable. 60

14. (I) The candidate shall comply with the following provisions concerning the presentation of a thesis: (a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 200 words

describing its content; (b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the

University; (c) three copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:

(i) a certificate signed by the candidate that the main content of the thesis has not been submitted by the candidate for a degree of any other tertiary institution; and

(ii) a certificate signed by the supervisor indicating whether the candidate has completed the programme and whether the thesis is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination; and

(iii) if the candidate so desires. any documents or published work of the candidate whether bearing on the subject 9f the thesis or not.

(2) The Faculty Board shall determine the course of action to be taken should the certificate of the supervisor indicate that in the opinion of the supervisor the thesis is not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.

15. The University shall be entitled to retain the submitted copies of the thesis, accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed and. subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act, 1968 (Com.). may issue it in whole or any part in photocopy or microfilm or other copying medium.

16. (I) For each candidate two examiners, at least one of whom shall be an external examiner (being a person who is not a member of the staff of the University) shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.

(2) If the examiner's reports are such that the Faculty Board is unable to make any decision pursuant to Regulation II of these Regulations, a third examiner shall be appointed· either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the Schedule.

SCHEDULE 6 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING

I.. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: (a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in

the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry out his research; OR

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; OR

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications :Jd- as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the

Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to carry out his :ld i; programme. wJt-:I,To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction

of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of: (a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and (b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

61

4. The Programme shall be completed: (a) in not less than two academic years except that. in the case of a candidate

who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period to not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, not more than 5 years 5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall tak~ part in

research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.

SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIE"CE

I. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Engineering Science.

2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:

(a) hav~ satisfied th~ requirements for admission to a four year full-time or eqUival.ent rart-tlme Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Metallurgy from the University of Newcastle or any other approved university; OR

(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a three year full-time or equivalent parHime Bachelor's degree of the University of Newcastle or am other approved university and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Facultv Board; OR .

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of such academic and professional attainments as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the programme.

3. (I) ~ candidate shall nominate the Department in which he proposes 10 pursue hiS programme.

(2) The Head of such Department shall make recommendations to Faculty Board as to: (a) the candidate's suitability for admission to candidature: (b) the adequacy of facilities for supervision of the proposed programme: (c) the supervisor or supervisors who should be appointed to supervise the

candidate's programme. 4. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete a programme of

study comprising subjects I totalling 12 units as may be prescribed by the Faculty .Board: N?t less than two nor more than four of such units shall comprise the investigatIOn of and report on a project specified by the supervisor or supervisors concerned.

5. A candidate may be granted standing by the Faculty Board on such conditions as the Faculty Board may determine in up to six units in recognition of work completed in this University or elsewhere.

6. (I) The programme shall be completed in not less than one academic vcar in the case of a full-time candidate or not less than two academic years" in the case of a part-time candidate.

(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the programme shall be completed in not more than two years in the case of a full-time candidate and not more than three years in the case of a part-time candidate.

I. For list of approved M.Eng.Sc. subjects sce page 64 of this Handbook.

62 ., '1.!

I.

2.

SCHEDULE II - MASTER OF SCIENCE

A candidate for the degree of Master of Science may be enrolled in either the Faculty of Engineering or the Fac~lty of Science. The Faculty in which the candidate is enrolled shall be responsible for the programme. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Science an

applicant shall: (a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of

Bachelor of Science with honours Class I or Class II of the University of Newcastle or to a degree. approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board. of this or any other university; OR

(b) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science of the University of Newcastle or other approved university and have completed such work and passed such examinations as the Faculty Board may have determined and have achieved a standard at least equivalent to that required for admission to a degree of bachelor with second class honours in an appropriate subject; OR

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the programme.

(2) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Engineering an applicant shall: (a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours

in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry out his research; OR

(b) have satisfied the requirements farad mission to a degree in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; OR

(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to carry out his programme.

3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of: (a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and (b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.

4. The programme shall be completed -(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate

who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has had previous research experience. the Faculty Board may reduce this period not less than one academic year; and

(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, in not more than 5 years. S. (I) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, which shall be given only

in special circumstances, a part-time candidate enrolled in the Faculty of Science shall: (a) conduct the major proportion of the research or design work in the

University; and (b) take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is

carrying out his research.

63

(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, a candidate enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering shall take part in the research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.

Approved M.Eng.Sci. Subjects The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in the M.Eng.Sci. course programme. Not all subjects will be offered in anyone year. For details of which subjects will be offered in 1983 consult the Department concerned. See note on page 66.

D{'partment of Chemical Engine{'ring ChE501 Chemical Proccs~ Principles for Effluent Control ChE511 Advanced Heat Tran~fcr ChE51] ChE5t4 ChE515 ChE516 ChE517 ChE521 ChE522 ChE52) ChE524 ChE551 ChE563 ChE576 ChE581 ChE5H2 ChE585 ChE611

ChE612 ChE621

Advanced Combustion Furnacc Enginecring Energy Managcment Reaction Engineering Cllmbu~tion Engineering Air Pollution Eftluent Control Control of industriall.iquid ECOuenls Partieulatc Separation~ Comminution Polymer Technology Mineral Processing Fluid Mechanics Advanced Computation~ I Advanced Computations II Advanced Prnces~ Control Ad"anced Problems in Mass Transfer and

Reaction Engineering Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer Advanced ropic~ in Effluent Control

Deparlm{'nl of Civil Engineering CESIO Elastic Continua CE511 CES12 CE514 CESI5 CES26 CES28 CES37 CE544 CES54 CE574 CES75 CE612 CE626

Plastic Frame Design Thin Walled Structures Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells Optimal Design of Structural Elemenh Alhanced Properties of Materials Soil Mechanics River and Coastal Engineering I Water Quality Management Civil Engincering Systems 11 Transportation Planning Highway Engineering Prcstressed Concrete Design Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics

64

Ullin

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

I I I I I 2 2

Department of Electrical Engineering

EESI6 Advanced Powcr Systems EESI7 Variable Speed Drive Systems EES26 Advanced Digital Systcm~ EE541 Admnced Digital Signal Processing EE542 Modern Control EE54) EES45 EE547 EESSI EES52 EE562 EE56) EE564 EE566 EE567 H56X EE641 EE642

Optimi/ation Techniques Advanced Communication Systems Digital Communication~ Electromagnetic Propagation and Antenna~ Advanced Topics in Communication Systems Topics in Switching Theon- -Computer Operating Syste~m Compiler Construction Automata Theory Computer Process Control Advanced Computer Architecture Multi\ariable Control Systems Stochastic Control

Department of Mechanical Engineering

ME40S ME407 ME409 ME410 ME419 ME420 ME444 ME484 ME487 ME488

ME503 ME505 ME508

Advanced Numerical Programming Environmental Engineering Introduction to Noise Pollution Control Advanced De~ign Concepts I Bulk Materials Handling Sy~tems I Bulk Materials Handling Systems II Properties of Materials III Engineering Economics II Operations Research -- Fundamental Techniques Operations Research Planning. Inventory

Control and Management Design of Experiments for Engineering Research Systems Analysi~, Organisation and Control Air Pollution Studies 11

ME511 Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis MESI5 Advanced Design Concepts II ME517 Materials Handling and Transportation Systcms MES35 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry MES53 Turbulent Flows MES54 Computation of Fluid Flows and Hcat Transfer MES81 Mathematical Programming 11 MES82 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research ME583 Modelling of Management Problems ME584 Simulation ME685 Advanced Operations Research

Department of Metallurgy

MetS2l MetS31 MetS32 MetS33 MetS51 MetS52 MetS53 MelS61 MelS81 Met582

Metallurgical Thermodynamics Heat Transfer Fluid Mechanics Metallurgical Rate Processes Electron Metallography Physical Metallurgy Metallography Extraction Metallurgy Dislocation Theory Metal Physics

65

['//;1.1

Interdepartmental Subjech

GE501 GE502 GE503

Air Pollution Studie~ I Coal Anal~~i~ and Propert\e~ Mineral Matter~ in COil I

GE504 Coal Prepitration GE505 Metallurgical A~pect~ 01 COilll'tlli,ati"n GE506 Mining Geolog~ 2

.... OTE: (i) B~ careful seiccti\ln (If ~ubjcl't, candidatc~ l'an ~pt.·ciali,c in \lI1C \11 the t'lllo\\ing:

A. Applied Mechanic~ Structurc' B Computer SClencC C. Engincl'ring Matcriab D Emirnnmental Studlc' Fmimnmcntal EngilK'cring E. Fluid Mcchanic~ F Furnacc Engineering G Orcration~ Research Managcmcnt Scicncl' H. Mineral PTIlces~ Enginet'ring

I. Sy~tem~

J. Coal Technolog~ (ii) Candidatc~ may. if the\' wish. selcct ~ubject~ oftcrcd mllther Fal'ultie~ ~uhject III the appro\al

of the F<lculty Board Facult~ of Engmeenng.

66

III - POLICIES DETERMINED BY FACULTY BOARD UNDER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The following policies have been determined by Faculty Board under the provisions of the various Regulations currently in force within the University.

(a) Award of Merit and Honours

The Award of Merit and Honours in the Degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Science (Engineering), Bachelor of Metallurgy. Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) an~ Bachelor of Surveying is based on the complete record of the candidates over the entIre course.

Faculty Board awards Honours and Merit gradings to students who have met the requirements for their respective degrees on the recommendation of the appropriate Head of Department. The following has been approved by faculty Board as a guide to the method to be followed in the award of Honours and Merit gradings.

Honours Gradings in Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Surveying Degrees

I. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into four groups based on the years in which they would normally have been taken according to the full~time programmes as set out in the degree schedules.

2. Grade points are assigned to subjects on the basis of the grades obtained in that subject. as follows:

HD ~4 D ~ 3 C~2

P~I

FF, WF, AF and EF = 0

3. The product of the grade points assigned to a subject and the unit value of that subject yields the unit grade point product of each subject.

That is Win i = Unit grade point product for subject i

Where Wi = Grade points assigned to subject i

ni

= Unit value for subject i.

4. The grade point average is calculated for each group of subjects as follows:

GPA(tl

Where GPA(t) = Grade point average of subjects grouped in year t

(~ Wini)t = Sum of unit grade point products for subjects grouped in year t

(~ ni ) t = Sum of unit values for subjects grouped in year t

5. The unweighted overall grade point average (GPA) is calculated thus

GPA ~ GPA(t)

4 67

6. The weighted overall grade point average (WGPA) is calculated thus

I WGPA =7 (GPA(I) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(J) + J{l['A(4))

7. rhc weighted overall grade point average calculated abO\c is used as a guide for the recommendation of honours gradings on the basis of

WGPA:? 2.5 Honours Class I

1.0 -:;: WGPA < 2.5 Honours Class II (Di\"i~ion I)

1.5 -:;: WGPA < 2.0 Honours Class II (Di\"i~ion 2).

8. In making their recommendation Heads of Departments should pre~ent to the Faculty Board the complete record of each candidate being recommended for an honours grading, together with the grade point average for cach yearly grouping of subjects as well as both the wcighted and unweighted o\'crall grade point averages.

9. Note (i) The following are excluded from the above calculation: (a) Subjects for which a full range of grades are not awarded; (b) Subjects in which a student has been granted standing; (c) Subjects from which a student has withdrawn without penalty.

(ii) Repeats in a subject after a grade of FF, WF, AF or EF has been awarded are treated as an extra subject taken in the year in which the previously failed subject is normaUy taken.

(iii) Any subject taken as an elective shall be given a weighting in the honours calculations according to the year in which the subject is normally taken in the courses offered by the Faculty of which the Department offering the subject forms part. For example. Engineering 100,200,300 and 400 level subjects would be given the weighting I. 1.2 and J respectively. Any first year subject offered by a Department outside the Faculty of Engineering would be weighted as a first year subject (i.e. I).

(iv) Industrial Experience subjects shall be included in the calculation for GPA( I) regardless of the year of the course in which such subjects are completed.

Merit Gradings in Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Degrees

The procedure to be followed for the calculation of grade point averages for the recommendation of merit grades is similar to that for the recommendation of honours grades except that:

I. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into groups based on a three year full-time programme.

2. The weighted overall grade point average is calculated thus

I WGPA ~ 4 (GPAII) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3»

3. The unweighted overall grade point average is calculated thus

GPA I

~ - '" GPA(I) J -

4. The weighted overall grade point average to be used as a guide for the recommendation of a merit grade is WGPA ~ 2.

Example

.S'Uhjt'l"1

rear I Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS CEllI MEllI GEI12 MEI)I GEI51 ME22) Electives *Legal Studies 1 **ME093 ***ME094

rear 1/ EEI31 MEI21 ME201 ME202 ME203 ME204 ME212 ME214 ME24J ME251 ME27I EM2CO EM2BD EM2H Electives ****EM21 *EM2G Repeated subject EM2H

Grade W. , fli Win; GPA(I)

C 2 4 8 P I 4 4 p I 2 2

Standing Standing Standing

D )

Standing Standing

P I 4 4 D ) I J C 2 I 2

18 28 1.56

C 2 2 Standing

C 2 I 2 P I I I D 3 I J C 2 I 2 D J I J C 2 I 2 C 2 I 2 P I I I P I I I P I 2 2 P I I I FE 0 I 0

P P

p

17 25 1.47

69

Year III EE211 ME312 ME313 ME333 ME343 ME361 ME381 ME383 ME384 ME482 ME487 ME488

Year IV GE350 ME484 ME496

Suhjeci

Electives -",*"'**ME419 *****ME404 *****ME405 *",*uME517

GPA

WGPA ~

Grade

P D C C C P D C C D P P

C D C

D P C C

1.56 + 1.47 + 1.92 + 2.10

4

I 3 2 2 2 I 3 2 2 3 I I

2 3 2

3 I 2 2

1.76

1.56 + 1.47 + 2 X 1.92 + 3 X 2.10

7

~.ni CPA!I)

I 3 2 2 2 I 3 2 2 3 I I

12 23 1.92

I 2 I 3 4 8

3 I 2 2

10 21 2.10

1.88

Based on WGPA = 1.88 recommended award of Honours Class II Division 2.

• ·faken in Stage 6 •• Taken in Stage 4

••• Taken in Stage 5 •••• Taken in Stage 2

••••• Taken in Stage 7

70

(b) Unsatisfactory Progress

Under the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress the Faculty Board may review the academic performance of a student who does not maintain a rate of progress considered satisfactory by the Faculty Board. The following statement has been approved by the Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering with respect to its powers of review under the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress. (a) First Year Full-Time or First Two Years Part-Time A student whose academic performance is such that he or she fails to pass at least 4 units in the first year of enrolment in Year 1 or the first two years of enrolment in Stage 1 shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1). (b) Later Years of the Course A student enrolled in Years II. III or IV, or Stages 2. 3,4.5.6 or 7 whose academic performance is such that he or she fails to:

(i) pass at least one third of the units attempted in that year or stage; or (ii) maintain an average pass rate of at least 50% of the units attempted over the

whole period of enrolment; shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1). (c) Second Failure in a Subject A student enrolled in any year or stage who fails in any subject for a second time shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1).

(d) Procedure The academic performance of students falling within any of the above categories shall be reviewed under the provisions of Regulation 3(1). In reviewing a students academic performance the following procedures shall be adopted:

(i) The Faculty Secretary shall prepare a schedule of the names of students falling into any of the above categories for presentation to the Faculty Board.

(ii) Each Student whose name appears on the schedule shall be advised of his or her right to make representations either in writing or in person prior to any decision being taken under Regulation 3(1).

(iii) The Dean or Sub-Dean shall determine the time and place at which representations in person shall be made.

(c) Years/Stage Classification

Full-time students are classified by year .

Part-time students are classified by stage .

Classification is determined by the number of units passed in accordance with the following table:-

Full-lime B.E., B.Met. & B.Surv.

Units Year 0-14 - I

15-29 - II 3044 - III 45+ - IV

Part-time B.E., B.Met. & B.Sull'.

Units Stage

0-6-1 7-15 - 2

16-24 - 3 25·33 - 4 34-41 - 5 42-50 - 6 51+ - 7

B.St.(Met.)

Units Stage

0- 7 - 1 g·15 - 2

16·23 - 3 24-31 - 4 32·39 - 5 40+ - 6

Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year V. 71

(d) Standing for Holders of Technical College Certificates

Faculty Board has approved the granting of standing to students enrolling in courses who hold a Technical College Certificate from the following list. For details of the standing available students should contact the Faculty Secretary.

list of Certificate Courses for which Standing is Granted Civil Engineering Certificate Electrical Engineering Certificate Electronics and Communications Certificate Engineering Survey Certificate Marine Engineering Technology Certificate Mechanical Engineering Certificate Metallurgy Certificate Land and Engineering Survey Drafting Certificate Production Engineering Certificate Structural Engineering Certificate Surveying Certificate

(e) Industrial Training

I. General

For the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Metallurgy, students will normally be required to complete a total of at least 12 weeks of practical work of a nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experience elective.

2. FuJI-time Students

Full-time students will normally gain their practical experience during vacation employment. Students are required to write a report outlining the experience gained during each period of practical work. This report must be submitted to the appropriate Department by the 31st March following the period of employment.

Students experiencing difficulty in obtaining suitable employment during long vacations may be able to obtain assistance in finding such employment by contacting the University'S Careers and Student Employment Office.

3. Part-time and Sandwich Pattern Students

(i) Industrial Experience Subjects

Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engineering on a part-time basis may choose to take Industrial Experience units as part of their elective programmes. To be eligible for an Industrial Experience unit, the student must be in approved employment on the 1st November preceding the year in which the unit is to be taken. This approved employment must continue for one calendar year, that is. until the 31st October of the year in which the unit is to be counted. Students enrolled in Industrial Experience units must attend such lectures. seminars. etc. and submit such reports as the relevant Head of Department may require. Normally no Industrial Experience unit will be allowed in the first year of enrolment.

The following is a list of the maximum number of Industrial Experience units that may be counted towards the degree in the various courses offered.

Mechanical Engineering 3 units Chemical Engineering 4 units Civil Engineering 3 units Computer Engineering 5 units Electrical Engineering 4 units Industrial Engineering 3 units

72

Students following the sandwich patterns offered by the Departments of Electrical and Mechanical Engineering should consult with the Heads of those Departments before enrolling in Industrial Experience units.

NOTE - The University can accept no responsibility for finding suitable employment for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience units.

The successful completion of one Industrial Experience unit satisfies the requirement that students complete 12 weeks practical experience.

(ii) Part-time Students Who Do Not Enrol in Industrial Experience Subjects

A student who has been attending on a part-time basis and who during this attendance has been employed in work of a suitable nature but who has not completed an Industrial Experience unit may satisfy the Industrial Training requirement by submiuinga report on the experience gained during this period of part-time attendance.

4. B.Sc.(Eng.) and B.Sc.{Met.} Students

(i) For the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) students must complete at least three years of practical experience before the 31st January in the year in which the student is to be admitted to the Degree. If this requirement is not met admission to the degree may be deferred.

(ii) Students transferring from the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy may claim up to five Industrial Experience units as Met.400 subjects.

(f) Compensation Procedure as Determined by Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering

Prior to 1973 Engineering courses offered in the University of Newcastle contained composite subjects, that is subjects comprising of usually four individual units. A student could receive a pass in this subject even though that student had failed in one of the units comprising the subject. This was because performance at a greater than pass standard in the othe( three units could lead to an average of over 50% in the subject. Thus, poor performance in one unit of a subject could be compensated by good performance in the other units of that subject. In 1973 most subjects in the Engineering courses offered were unitised. The above compensation was no longer available. This meant in effect that students were required to pass each unit.

In order to retain the previous standards a new compensation procedure was determined by the Faculty Board as follows:-

I. Grades are awarded in examinations based on percentage marks thus:

Pi ~ 85 high distinction

84 ~ Pi ~ 75 distinction

74? Pi? 65 credit

64? Pi ? 50 pass

Pi ~ 49 fail

where Pi = percentage mark scored in subject i.

2. A compensated pass may only be recommended in Engineering subjects and those Mathematics subjects designated EM2.

73

3. A compensated pass may only be recommended for a candidate in a subject where the candidate's result in that subject is "doubtful". A candidate's result in a subject is considered doubtful if his percentage mark in that subject is in the range 40 -0::::: Pi -0::::: 49.

4, A compensated pass in any subject can only be recommended for a candidate when the unit weighted average of the final marks obtained by that candidate taken on all the subjects attempted in that year by the candidate exceeds 5se'c. This is when

~ Pini > 55

~ nj

where n i = number of units in subject i.

Note: For students enrolled in Year I or Stages I and 2 this unit weighted average is calculated based on Engineering subjects only,

5. The marks available for compensation are calculated from the following formula:

E = ~ (~Pini - 55 ~ni) Note: For students enrolled in Year I and Stages I and 2 the marks available

for compensation are calculated and based on performance in Engineering subjects only.

6. Where the percentage mark scored in a subject is not available and in the absence of information allowing a closer approximation of the percentage mark scored in that subject the following percentage mark based on the grade obtained in the subject is used in the above calculations:

Fail (2) ~ 15

Fail (I) ~ 39

Pass ~ 58

Credit ~ 70

Distinction = 80 High Distinction = 93

7. A candidate's "doubtful" subjects (i.e. subjects in which the candidate has scored 40-49% are arranged in descending order according to the percentage mark scored). The marks available for compensation, calculated according to the above formula, are added to the percentage mark of the first "doubtful" subject. If this sum is less than 50 of the result of fail in the subject stands. If this sum is equal to or greater than 50 a compensated pass is recommended for the candidate in this subject. Any excess of this sum over 50 is added to the percentage mark of the next "doubtful" subject and if the sum is equal to or exceeds 50 a compensated pass is recommended for this subject also. If the sum is less than 50 the result of fail in the subject stands. This process is repeated until the excess is exhausted.

8. An example of this procedure is set out on the following page.

74

Example

Subject Grade Pj nj Pinj Final Grade

ME251 Fluid Mechanics I C 73 73 C

ME271 Thermodynamics I P 63 63 P

ME214 Mechanics of Solids I F 44 44 P

EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals F 41 41 FF EE211 Energy Conversion C 65 65 C

ME301 Engg. Computations F 36 36 FF

ME313 Engg. Design II J F 39 39 FF

ME342 Properties of Materials II F 46 46 P

GE350 Seminar P 62 62 P

Mathematics liB P 4 232 P

Psychology I D 4 320 D

17 1021

Marks are not available for Mathematics II B and Psychology I - as grade in Maths liB was pass use 58 - as grade in Psychology I was distinction use 80,

~Pini = 1021

~ni 17

I E ="5 (IPini - 55Eni)

~!(1021-935)

~ 17

Doubtful Subjects

Subject Pj Pi + E New Excess Result

ME342 46 46+ 17~63>50 63-50~ 13 recommend P

ME214 44 44 + 13 ~ 57> 50 57 - 50 ~ 7 recommend P

EEI31 41 41 + 7~48<50 FF result stands

75

76

Section 4

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

77

Guide to Subject Entries Units In undergraduate courses. a unit is approximately one-sixteenth ofa full-time year or oneeighth of a part-time yea--. In engineering subjects. one unit involves a total of 42 hours per year (I !h hours per week for the whole year, or 3 hours per week for half a year) oflectures. laboratories. and tutorials. Where subjects from other faculties form part of an Engineering course, the unit value is assessed on the basis of the work-load required for that subject as part of a normal year's programme. Normally, Part I subjects each count as 4 units while complete Pari II and Part III subjects havea higher unit value. However, the unit value specified for subjects in other faculties is determined from time to time by the Faculty Board. For further information students should consult the Dean of the Faculty. In the Master of Engineering Science Requirements a unit is defined as exactly onetwelfth of a full-time year, and in all postgraduate courses, including the Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy the unit is understood to have the same value. This "postgraduate unit" is also defined as a programme which involves a student in a total of approximately 120 hours' work. This total includes all formal course work plus assignments and study. If the "unit" is a formal instructional course the 120-hour total includes 42 hours of lectures or the equivalent. What the two "units" - undergraduate and postgraduate - have in common is therefore the same 42 "contact-hours" per year. The postgraduate unit is a larger fraction of the year's work than the undergraduate unit because in postgraduate work the student is expected to do more work per contact-hour than he is in undergraduate work.

Computer Numbers The six digit number which precedes the subject number and title of each subject is the CompUfer Code Numher. The computer code numbers of relevant subjects should be quoted on all enrolment and variation of programme forms. The computer code numbers of all subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering appear with the subject descriptions and are also listed in Section 6 of this Handbook.

Subject Numbers Each subject offered by Departments within the Faculty of Engineering has been given an identification number with prefixed letters to aid identification of subjects. This is known as the Subject Numher. The letter prefix indicates the area of specialisation and often indicates the department responsible for the teaching of the subject concerned. The letter prefixes are as follows:

ChE Chemical Engineering (Depanment of Chemical Engineering)

CE Civil Engineering (Department of Civil Engineering & Surveying)

EE Electrical & Computer Engineering (Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering)

EM Engineering Mathematics (Department of Mathematics)

GE General Engineering (Departments of the Faculty of Engineering)

ME Mechanical & Industrial Engineering (Department of Mechanical Engineering)

Met Metallurgy (Department of Metallurgy)

SV Surveying (Department of Civil Engineering & Surveying)

The identification numbers which follow the letter prefix often indicate a particular field of study. The fields of study so indicated are listed in the table opposite.

78

Indicafing Numerals Field of Stud),

Chemical Engineering ChE 4 Proce~~ An:Jly~i~

('hE 5 De~ign. Econnrnic~

ChE 6 Separatinn Proce~sc." ('hE 7 Transport. Phenomena.

Thermodynamics. Combustion

ChE X Reactor De~ign. Proce~s Control. Computation~

ChE 9 Projcch

Eleclrical & Com puler Engineering

EE ·0 Gencral Electrical Engineering

EE r Electrical Machine~ or Power Systems

EE 2 Electronics EE 3 Electrical Circuit Theory

or Measuremenb EE 4 Control or Communic<ltilln

Sy~tem~

EE 5 Field Theory EE 6 Computcr Science or

Automata Theory EE H Project Directed Reading EE 9 Seminar

Metallurgy Mol 0 General Mol I Computations Mol 2 Phy~ical Chemistry Met 3 Transport Mol 4 Mechanical Met 5· Physical Metallurgy

and Metallography Met-6- Extraction Met-7- Fabrication and Materials Met-S- Structure and Metal Physics Met 9- Laboratory

Subject Title

Indicafing Numerals

CE 0 CE I CE 2 CE J CE 4 CE CE • CE 7 CE 9

ME 0 ME I ME 2

ME 3 ME 4 ME 5 ME. ME 7 ME , ME 9

SV 0 SV I SV 2 SV 3 SV 4 SV-5· SV. SV 7 SV ·8 SV 9

Field of Stud y

Civil Engineering Senil:l' Cour~e~ Strul:lUre~

Matcrial~

Huid Mcchanil:." Water Re~ource~ Civil Engineering Practice Sun eying Speciali~t Cour\c~

Surveying and Tran~portation Special Topics

Mechanical Engineering General Courscs Analysis and Design Mechanical Engineering

Practice Machines Materials Huid Mechanin Automatic Control Thermodynamics Indu\trial Engineering Project and Seminar

Surveying Servicing Course General Surveying Survey Camps Survey Computations Astronomy Geodesy Photogrammetry Land Studies Project and Seminars Special Courses

Each subject is provided with a title which, together with the subject number, forms the subject name as described below.

Subject Name The Sub;el'1 Name of each subject contains the subject number and title in the following way:

79

•

Suhjeci Name ~

Complller NlImher 531203

SlIhjecl NUll/her EEI3I

Suhjeci Tille Circuit Fundamentals

771e Computer Number ami Subject Name orappropriale .\·lIhje('/.~ .~hould he included on all enrolment allli I'aria/ion or prol{ramme fornl.\".

Prerequisites and Corequisites Prerequisites are those subjects which the student must have already passed before enrolling in the subject. Corequisites are those subjects in which the student must enrol concurrently unless he has already passed them. The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of Department. may relax pre- and corequisites.

Hours All subjects in the Faculty of Engineering are based on units of 42 contact hours each. The 42 contact hours are spread over a whole year (I V;. hours per week for 28 weeks) or over a half year (3 hours per week for 14 weeks). As far as possible this information is given in the University timetable. If in doubt. students should check with Departments before completing their enrolment.

Assumed Knowledge (Mechanical Engineering Subjects Only) Many subjects which form part of the Mechanical Engineering and Industrial Engineering programmes are taught on the basis of an assumption that students have previously completed certain other subjects. The particular subjects which are assumed to have been completed in each case are indicated in the appropriate Subject Entries set out on pages 115 to 126 of this Handbook. It is the responsibility of each student to ensure that they have met the assumed knowledge requirement of each subject in which they enrol. If in doubt. students should discuss the matter with the lecturer of the subject in which they intend to enrol. It should be noted that students may enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean. Such approval may be withheld where it becomes apparent that a student has not attained the level of knowledge assumed by a subject in which enrolment has been sought.

Examinations and Assessment Progressive Assessment based on assignments, practical work etc. is used throughout the Faculty and in some subjects the final grade is based entirely on progressive assessment. Students will be advised of the form the assessment in a particular subject will take before the end of 4th week of lectures.

Content This section gives a general description of the content of the subject and indicates the broad areas covered.

Preliminary Reading is included where applicable. Students should make every effort to complete the preliminary reading before starting the subject.

Texts Essential books which are recommended for purchase.

References Information on reference material applicable to a particular subject will be provided by the lecturer in charge of that subject.

~o

PART I: SUBJECTS OFFERED BY DEPARTMENTS COMPRISING THE

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

511104 511105 5III06 511107

ChE002 ! ChE003 ChE004 ChE005

Chemical Engineering Subjects

Industrial Experience 1 unit each

These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. These units may be counted by students towards Elective I.

511108 ChEI41 Industrial Process Principles 1 unit

Design concepts in the process industries. Flow diagram of a typical process and metallurgical processes. Calculation of material and energy balances. Properties of vapours and liquids. Equilibrium processes. Humidification, drying. Crystallisation.

Texr.\ Wall, T. F. An owline or Indu.\·lriaJ Process Principles (Department

of Chemical Engineering, University of Newcastle) Melric COf1\'enion and Ihe Use or S.I. Unif.~ 2nd edn

(University of Newcastle) .

511109 ChEI51 Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment 1 unit

An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process metallurgical industries in Australia, with reference to the world scene. Descriptions of the processes used in the manufacturc of the major industrial chemicals, including hydrometallurgical and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations.

Text Shreve & Brink Chemical Prucen Induslries 4th edn (McGraw-Hili

1977)

511110 ChE152 Industrial Process Design I 1 unit

Techniques for the presentation of process engineering information. Visualisation of process plant in two dimensions. Preparation of flow charts for process representation and drawings for plant specification.

Text Auslralian Standard Elll{illeering Drawinl{ Practice

CZI 1976 (Institution of Engineers. Australia)

512224 ChE241 Process Analysis I 1 unit

Prerequisite ChEI51

Visits to selected plants in the Newcastle (or Sydney) area. Detailed reports required on specified plants.

81

512225 ChE251 Structures and Pressure Vessel Design 1 unit

Elementary statics, equilibrium in two dimensional force systems. axial and shear forces. bending and twisting of bars, first and second moments or area with applications to design of simple structures and piping systems. Design of unfired pressure vessels. Membrane theory, stresses in thin-walled vessels. Code requirements.

Texts S.A.A. Code S.A.A. Code S.A.A. Code Nash. W. A.

Engineering Drawing Practice (AS CZI-1976) Unfired Pressure Vessels (AS 1210-1977) Steel Structures (AS 1250-1981) Theory and Problems uf Strength of Materials (Schaum

1977)

512226 ChE261 Separation Processes I 1 unit

Prerequisites Chemistry I. Mathematics I. ChEI41

A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of nux, driving force. heat and mass transfer coefficients. Diffusivity and conductivity; rate equations. Dimensional analysis. Heat transfer by convection, conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coefficients. Radiative heat transfer. Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficient. Correlation of transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory, Vapour-liquid equilibria. Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer. Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and countercurrent arrangements. The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on grey surfaces. Exchange areas. direct and total. The adiabatic surface approximation for a refractory. The source-sink-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.

Texts Coulson, J. M. &

Richardson. J. F. Pitts. R. D. &

Sissan, L. E. Perry, J. H. &

Chilton, C. H. Sarofim, A. C. &

Wall, T. W.

Chemical Engineering, Vol. 1 (S.1. units) (Pergamon 1977)

Heat Transfer (Shaum 1977)

Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hili 1973)

Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University of Newcastle)

512227 ChE271 Fuels and Combustion % unit

Prerequisite ChE141

Fuel types, their origin and characteristics. The restrictions on usage imposed by properties. The usage of fuels in the Hunter Valley in the national context. Combustion stoichiometry. The classification of coals, the comparison of Australian coals with those of the northern hemisphere, and allocation for combustion and conversion. Burners for solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Brief outline of combustion mechanisms, the importance of excess air and mixing. Furnace efficiency and losses. Introduction to fuel-to-fuel conversion.

Text Wall, T. F. (ed.) Coal Properties, Analysis & Effective Use

(Institute of Coal Research 1982)

82

512228 ChE272 Fluid Mechanics I unit

Prerequisites Mathematics I, Physics IA

Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces, buoyancy. Fluids in motion; conservation of mass and energy. Continuity, Bernoulli and Eulerequations, momentum principle, applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow measurement.

Text Streeter, V. L. & Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hili 1979)

Wylie, E. B.

512229 ChE291 Laboratory 2 units

A set of experiments illustrating the fundamentals of fluid flow, heat and mass transfer.

Texts Crow, E. L. Anderson, J.

Statistics Manual (Dover 1972) Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1970)

513109 ChE342 Process Analysis II 1 unit

Inspection of plants of particular technical interest and relevance to course material in the Sydney (or Newcastle) area.

513226 ChE351 Equipment Design % unit

Prerequisite ChE251

Design of process and storage vessels; process reticulation systems including compressed air. cooling water, steam and refrigeration. Process energy systems and drives. Process instrumentation for flow, pressure a~d temperature measurement. The fail-safe concept.

513227 ChE352 Process Engineering % unit

Corequisite ChE351

Content This course will consider technical and administrative aspects leading to the successful commissioning of a process plant. Industrial relations; legal and sociological considerations. Elements of AC circuitry and power units.

513228 ChE353 Process Economics 112 unit

Prerequisite Mathematics 1

Estimation of capital and operating costs of process plants; break even analysis; project profitability; discounted cash flow techniques. Economic design. Introduction to process optimisation. Effects of process uncertainties and risk. Basic cost accounting procedures.

Text Peters, M. S. &

Timmerhaus, K. D. Plant Design & Economics for Chemical Engineers

3rd edn (McGraw-Hili 1980)

513229 ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion % unit

Prerequisite Chemistry lIC

Introductory electrochemistry. Potential and potential differences at interfaces. Charged interfaces, and charge transfer between phases. Electrode processes. Diffusion control. Corrosion and passivation. Evans and Pourbaix diagrams. Cathodic and anodic protection. Techniques of corrosion inhibition. Stress corrosion cracking.

83

513230 ChE361 Separation Processes II 2 unit!>

Prneqllisill' Ch E26l

Physical property criteria for separation process selection. Phasc cquilibria: equilibrium stage and continuous contacting operation~: analysis of principal separation processes. includ ing d istillat ion. a bsorption. extraction. evaporation. hum id ification. crystaJlisat ion and drying; hydraulic design of mass transfer equipment: stage efficiency. energy requirements: analysis of multi-component separation processes including aleotropic. extractive and complex distillation.

Text Trcybal. R. E. /WU.H Tran.l/f.'r 0pt'ratioll (McGraw-Hili 1972)

513231 ChE362 Solids Handling and Minerals Processing 1 unit

Prerequisite ChE272

Properties and handling of particulate solids. Sile analysis. screening. Size reduction. comminution. Mixing and blending of solids and liquids. Motion of particles in a fluid. Terminal velocity. drag coefficients. Sedimentation and filtration. Cla~sifica{ion and ciutriation. Fluidi/.ation: pneumatic and hydraulic transport. Propert.ics of minerals and their relation tll mincrals beneficiation. Techniques 01 separatIon based on volume properties (gravity. electrostatic. magnetic) and surface properties (charge. hydrophobicity). Flotation. Action of colieclOrs. modifiers. frothers. Electrokinetic phenomena. Oxide and sulphide flotation. Flocculation and agglomeration.

Text.~

McCabe. W. L. & Smith. J. C.

Shaw. D. C.

Unit Operotio1/.l· or Chemiml Engineering student cdition (McGraw-Hill 1976)

IllIroduclion to Colloid alld Surrace CIiell/i"uI" (Butterworth 1980)

513232 ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics 1 unit

Prerequi5ite Chemistry IIC

First and second laws of thermodynamics. The phase rulc. Heats of formation and combustion. Thermodynamic properties of fluids. Phase equilibria: chemical reaction equilibria. Power cycles. Open flow systems. Compressible flow.

Text Smith. J. M. &

van Ness. H. C. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermo

dynamics 3rd edn (McGraw-Hili 1975)

513233 ChE372 Fuel Technology I

Prerequisites Chemistry IS or Chemistry I; CE231, M E25l or ChE272

1 unit

Fuel and energy resources and demand. Properties and testing for combustion purposes of common fuels. particularly coai. coke, petroleum. products and natural gas. Air quantities for combustion, heat losses in products of combustion, thermodynamics of combustion systems. Gas, oil and pulverized coal flames; burner systems to control stability. flame position and flame shape. Solid fuel combustion and reduction; fixed beds. gas producers and blast furnaces. Abridged bed combustion systems.

84

513234 ChE373 Furnace Heal Transfer I unit

Prerequisite.,· 1st cnurse in heat transfer and fluid mechanics

Furnace type and uses; high temperature transfer mechanisms. Generalised model of furnace efficiency and losses. Convective heat transfer on large surfaces. from impinging jets: heat transfer in packed beds. Conductive thermal storage losses. Radiative exchange between surfaces: exchange areas.

513235 ChE381 Computations I unit

Prerequi.,·ile.,· Mathematics I. ChEl41. ChEl51

The application of computers to chemical engineering. Computer terminology. computer architecture. review of available programming languages, assembly language. a high level language (BASIC or PASCAL). computer interfaces. peripherals. a selection of problems in calculation. file manipulation. data logging, introduction to direct digital control. flowsheeting. timesharing in BASIC or PASCAL.

513237 ChE382 Process Dynamics 1 unit

An introduction to the unsteady-state behaviour of chemical plant and modelling of selected processes. Revision of Laplace transformations. transfer function concept. unsteady state materials and energy balances asa technique for system modelling. first order systems. second order systems, extraction. response to disturbances _. modelling of steamjacketted reactor. gas absorber and simple heat exchanger. The principles of process control instrumentation. applied to flow, temperature. pressure. liquid level. etc. measurement. with laboratory experiments.

Text Couganowr. D. R. &

Koppel. L. B.

513236 ChE391 Laboratory

ProC'ess Sl'stems Anolnis and COII/rol (McGraw-Hili 1965)

2 units

A number of open-ended investigations illustrating Year III lecture topics. including experiments on instrumentation and control of process plant.

Texts Anderson. J. Crow. E. L.

Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1972) Stafisth's Manual (Dover 1972)

514125 ChE4S2 Process Evaluation and Optimization

Content to be advised.

514126 ChE462 Environmental Control

Prerequisites ChE362, ChE371

I unit

An overview of atmospheric and liquid pollution and the effect of pollution on the ecosphere. Elements of process selection and cost-benefit analysis; by-product recovery.

514127 ChE471 Industrial Safety VI unit

Prerequisite ChE351

General introduction and outline, categorising hazards and risks. Hazard analysis. Aspects of toxicology, sources of ignition, types and effects of explosions. Legal and environmental consideration of industrial safety and disposal of gaseous. liquid, solid wastes.

85

514128 ChE472 Transport Phenomena 1 unit

Prerequisites EM2CO. EM2BD. ChE272. ChE361

Heat and mass transfer in unsteady state conditions, transport the?ry for h~at and ~ass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow conditions; mass transfer wIth chemical reactIOn.

TeXf Beek, W. J. &

Muttlall, K. M. H. Transporl Phenomena (Wiley 1975)

514129 ChE473 Radiant Heat Transfer


514130 ChE474 Selected Topics in Heat and Mass Transfer


514131 ChE475 Advanced Combustion


514132 ChE476 Fluid and Particle Mechanics


514133 ChE481 Advanced Computations


514134 ChE482 Process Control

Prerequisite EM2CO, EM2BD

t unit

1 unit

I unit

1 unit

1 unit

1 unit

An introductory course in linear control systems. Mat.hemati~al models of systems and components; differential equations and transfer functiOns. Simple sr~tems of first ~nd second order. Analysis of steady state performance. System stablhty and tra.nslent response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. IntroductiOn to compensation techniques. Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems.

Texts Fortmann, T. E. &

Hitz, K. L. or

Cannon, R. H. or

Distefano, et al.

Introduction to Linear .Control Systems Theory (Dekker 1977)

Dynamics 0/ Physical Systems (McGraw-Hili 1967)

Feedback and Control Srstems (Schaum's Outline Series 1976) .

514135 ChE483 Reaction Engineering 1 unit

Prerequisite ChE371

The kinetics of homogeneous reactions and the design of the ideal reactors -.batch, ~Iug and mixed flow. Single and multiple reactions. Non-ideal flow and the reSidence time distribution. The rate equations for heterogeneous reactions. Rate controlling mechanisms .and approximations. An outline of catalysis and the properties of catalysts. The rate equatiOns for porous solids and the analysis of rate data.

Text Levenspiel, O. Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1972)

86

514136 ChE484 Advanced Reaction Engineering

Con ten I to be advised.

514137 C'hE485 Advanced Process Control


1 unit

1 unit

514138 ChE490 Design Project 2 units

Prerequi.\·jfe.~ All Year III subjects

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment. or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a two-day design paper.

514139 ChE491 Seminar I unit

Regular two hour seminar sessions will be held during the year for discussion ofliterature reviews, chemical engineering practice and research within the department. Each student will present nOI less than two half-hour papers in the course of the year.

514140 ChE492 Research Project 3 units

An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.


Prerequisil£>.I All Year III subjects

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balancer, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a design paper.

514141 ChE494 Laboratory Project


514142 ChE495 Design Project


514144 ChE496 Research Project

2 units

2 units

4 units

An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.


Prerequisiles All Year III subjects

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including mass and energy balancer, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are required to take a design paper.

510128 ChE501 Chemical Process Principles for Effluent Control 1 unit

This is primarily a bridging course for students in the field of environmental control who have not had a chemical engineering background, and deals with specific problems in stoichiometry, particle separation and reaction rate related to gas and water treatment methods.

87

510117 ChE511 Advanced Heat Transfer 1 unit

Prerequi.~ite ChE261

A study of fundamentals of and computational methods for radiative transfer. particularly for grey lambert surfaces and n?n-luminous gases. ~ethods of representing real gases by grey gas components. Matnx methods of solvmg for non-Isothermal systems.

510122 ChE5t3 Advanced Combustion 2 units

A detailed study of the nature of industrial flames and their behaviour in furnace enclosures - the chemical reaction involved. mixing aerodynamics of jets. flames and combustion systems; prediction of flame length, shape and radiative properties.

Texts Beer. J. & Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic 1972)

Chigier. N. Field. M. A. et al. Combustion of Pulverized Coal (BCURA 1967)

510126 ChE514 Furnace Engineering 2 units

Prerequisite ChE511 (advisory)

The design and operation of furnaces; heat balances, calculation of losses, insulation. gas recuperation and regeneration; approximate methods of heat-transfer computation; temperature distribution; refractories; physical construction; control; fuels and firing methods: economics of fuel selection and waste-heat recovery; effluent pollution control.

TeXis Thring. M. W.

Trinck. W. & MacWhinney

Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall 1962)

Industrial Furnaces (Wiley)

510135 ChE515 Energy Management 2 units

The cost-price structure of energy supply; factors influencing relative costs of coal-oil gas-electricity. Technical possibilities and limitations in change of fuel and energy sources for existing equipment. Primary fuel conversion; liquid fuels from coal and gas. Energy economy in process plant; the thermodynamics of heating and power generation. Methods of loss assessment and management of in plant energy use; loss control by furnace inculation, sensible heat recuperation and regeneration. Combustion control. Steam economy; the high cost of steam, the sensible use of latent heat; heat exchangers for low level heat recovery. Energy losses in mechanical and fluid-flow systems. Efficient and inefficient speed and flow control systems. Combined power and process heat systems; the gas turbine in process plant; re,:,ersed cycles; the heat pump for distillation and other process system~. Energy.st?rage, m .hot water, as latent heat, in solid storage systems, as chemical energy m cells or In mtermedlate products. The international resource situation. Energy resources for the future. (Nuclear, solar direct and vegetable growth, etc.).

Text Hottel, H. C. &

Howard, J. B. New Energy Technology (M.LT. 1971)

88

510125 ChE516 Reaction Engineering 2 units

Kinetics o~ reactions involving mass transfer with chemical reaction and theirapplication to the design of reactors for gas-solid catalytic reactions.

510130 ChE517 Combustion Engineering

Combustion stoichiometry and thermodynamics. Combustion reactions, flames, jets and burners. Furnace heat balances and engineering treatment of radiative transfer. Harne and furnace measurements.

2 units

A substantial investigation on an item of combustion equipment will be used to illustrate the principles.

Texts Beer, J. &

Chigier, N. Thring, M. W.

Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic Press 1972)

Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall 1962)

510123 ChE521 Air Pollution Effluent Control 2 units

The general proble~; legislative controls; combustion and other processes producing gaseous or ~as carned effluents; ~ontrol methods; practice a:nd fundamental principles of g~s wa.shmg, settlement filtration, cycloning and electrostatic precipitation. Process modification, by-product recovery, removal of pollutants by reaction, costs and economics.

Text Strauss, W. Industrial Gas Cleaning (Pergamon 1967)

510124 ChE522 Control of Industrial Liquid Emuents

Part I: The General Problem; chemical processes Part II: Unit Operati~:ms

Part I:

2 units

The general problem; statutory requirements; practice and fundamental principles. By-product recovery. Background on liquid pollution overseas and in Australia. Effect of pollution on the ecosphere-basic principles of ecology, effects of liquid pollution, toxicity of certain materials. Water pollution legislation - overseas developments and research, Australian State requirements. Sampling and analysis of pollutants - standard methods of sampling, instrumental methods and monitoring equipment. Chemistry of reactions in solution - acid base equilibria, complex ion equilibria, distribution diagrams, oxidation-reduction equilibria. Diagrams collodial behaviour, Zeta potential. Physical properties of solutions/suspensions - gas solubility, rate of gas absorption, rate of solution and solubility. Cooling water - make up and draw off cycles, treatment chemicals and their recovery or disposal. Sour water strippers - gas or steam stripping of sulphides, phenols.

Part II: Theo~y of treatment processes dealt with as various Unit Operations, together with practical aspects of overall treatment plants and costs of alternatives.

Topic outlines Introduction - Sources· and characteristics of waters to be processed. Unit Operations and Treatment Kinetics. Aeration and Gas Transfer - Oxygenation or degassing. Flocculation - Zeta Potential and Coagulation: Precipitation, Neutralization pH Control.

89

•

Settling __ Sedimentation and Thickening: Settling Tanks - rect. or circular. Solids removal by filtration -- CT machines or Hydrocyclones.

Filter aids. Introduction to Biological Treatment Methods. Design of Biological Treatment Systems for Activated Sludge. Trickling Filters. Lagoons. Stabilisation Ponds. to reduce BOD. COD. Design of Biological Treatment Systems for full nitrificationidenitrification tertiary treatment. Physicochemical Methods for tertiary treatment including Ion exchange and Adsorption processes.

Text.\" For ParIs I & II

Fair. G. M. el al. Water and Waste WaleI' Engineering Vol. 2 (Wiley 1968)

510139 ChE523 Particulate Separations


S101S3 ChES24 Comminution

Content to be advised. S10147 ChESSI Polymer Technology

1 unit

I unit

% unit

The aim of this course is an introduction to synthetic polymers. including all plastics. synthetic fibres and elastomers .. their. m~nufacture. properties an~ uses. Included will bc thc historical dcvelopment of the prlncLpal polymers. together wLth thc current scope and structure of the petrochemical industry.

S10148 ChES63 Mineral Processing

Content 10 be advised.

SI0149 ChES76 Fluid Mechanics

Contcnt to be advised.

SI01S0 ChESSI Advanced Computations I

Prereqlli.~ite Ch E38l

1 unit

t unit

1 unit

The advent of digital computers has changcd the approach of chemical e.ngineers to design and analysis. The course is aimed at illustrating how mathematlc.s may be applied to chemical engineering problems when it is realised that the resultmg rno.del can be solved on computers. Examples will be taken from statistics; fluid mechamcs. stage operations. reaction cngineering. automatic control and optimization.

S101S1 ChE582 Advanced Computations II


510152 ChE585 Advanced Process Control


S101S4 ChE6tt Advanced Problems in Mass Transfer and Reaction Engineering


SI01S5 ChE6t2 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer


S10lS6 ChE621 Advanced Topics in Effluent Control 90


1 unit

1 unit

1 unit

1 unit

1 unit

521092 CE092! 521093 CE093 521094 CE094

Civil Engineering Subjects


Thesc subject units arc designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See also Section 3, III(e) of this Handbook).

521101 CElli Statics I unit

Two-dimensional force systems; equilibrium; funicular polygon; rigid bars. shear force. axial force, bending moment; pin-jointed frames, analytical and graphical treatment; equilibrium of three-dimensional force systems. cables.

Text Hall. A. S. &

Archer. F. Princip/e.~ (~r Slatic's (Univ. of New South Wales

Students' Union)

521104 eEI71 Engineering Surveying I 2 units

Basic measurement techniques and instruments. transversing. plane tabling. tacheometry; contours. areas, volumes. routc surveys and associated calculations; hydrographic and underground surveys; introduction to photogrammetry; controlling and setting out small engineering projects. Students are required to attend a three-day survey camp during the August vacation.

Text Bannister. A. & Surveying (Pitman)

Raymond, S.

522408 CE201 Civil Engineering IS 2 units

Statics: force systems, equilibrium, frameworks Dynamics: kinematics, rigid body motion. momentum and energy Properties of Materials: behaviour of materials under static and dynamic loads Mechanics of Solids: stress and strain. internal forces. moments and stresses, defiection

of beams.

Texts McLean. W. G. &

Nelson. E. W. Nash. W. A.

Engineering Mechanic.\' 3rd edn (Schaum 1978)

Strength (~r Materials 2nd edn (Schaum 1977)

S22102 CE212 Mechanics of Solids I I unit

Prerequisites CElli and Mathematics I

Stress. strain. axial load problems; states of stress and strain; stress-strain relationships; internal actions, internal stresses in beams; deflexion of beams; torsion in circular sections; combined stress.

Text Popov, E. P. Mechanics of Materials 2nd edn (S.I.) (Prentice-Hall

1978) .

91

522111 CE213 Mechanics of Solids II 1 unit

Prerequisite CE212 Buckling of columns; introduction to theory of elasticity; non-uniplanar bending; shear centre; torsion of non-circular sections; lateral instability of beams; energy methods.

Text As for CE212

732900 CE223J Engineering Geology 2 units

Introduction to principles of geology and their application to engineering problems.

Text Mathewson. C. C. Engineering Geology (Merrill Publishing Company

1981)

522112 CE224 Civil Engineering Materials 2 units

Prerequisite GEI51

Theoretical background and laboratory tests of elastic and inelastic properties. creep. hardness and fracture of metals and timber. (liz unit) Properties and behaviour of brick masonry and timber n~ unit) Properties and behaviour of bituminous materials. Concrete: component materials, properties of plastic and hardened concrete, concrete mix design, manufacturing and field control. (JlA units)

Texts Jackson, N. Nagarajan, N. &

Antill, J. M.

Civil Engineering Materials (Macmillan 1980) Australian Concrete Inspection Manual

(Pitman, Australia)

522202 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I

Prerequisites Mathematics I and ME 131

1 unit

Fluid properties. Fluid statics, stability. of subt:"erged and. f1o.ating bodie~, relative equilibrium. Fluid-flow concepts and basIc equations of contlnutty, energy, linear and angular momentum.

Text Streeter. V. L. &

Wylie. E. B. Fluid Mechanics SI Metric Edition

(McGraw-Hill-Ryerson 1981)

522204 CE232 Fluid Mechanics II

Prerequisite CE231

1 unit

Dimensional Analysis and Dynamic Similitude. Viscous effects. rluid Resista~ce. Laminar and turbulent flow. Boundary layer concepts. Drag on Immersed bodies. Frictional resistance in conduits. Compressible flow. Compressible flow in conduits.

Text As for CE231

523333 CE302 Civil Engineering liS 2 units

Prerequisite CE20 I Fluid Mechanics: fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics, continuity, energy momentum. Flow in pipes, conduits and open channels. Hydrology: hydrological cycle: PreciI?itation and stream flow. Flood estimation. Probability concepts in hydrological deSign. Soil Mechanics: Soil properties, seepage, soil stresses, settlement. compaction, strength and failure criteria.

92

Text Giles. R. V. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics 2nd edn (Schaum

1962)

523109 CE314 Structural Analysis I 2 units

Prerequisites CE212 and CE213

Analysis of statically indeterminate, elastic plane structure by forces and displacement methods. Elements of flexibility and stiffness matrix methods; limit analysis. Familiarisation with computer packages.

523110 CE315 Structural Design I

Prerequisites CE212 and CE213 or ME214

Basic design of steel and reinforced concrete structures.

Texts B.H.P. Co. Ltd.

Gorenc, B. E. & Tinyou, R.

Warner, R. F. et al. S.A.A. S.A.A. S.A.A.

S.A.A.

Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates (B.H.P. Co. Ltd.)

Steel Designers Handbook (N.S.W.U.P.)

Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976) Steel Structures Code (AS 1250 1981) Code for Concrete in Buildings (AS1480 1982) Dead and live Loads (AS1170 pt I 1971) and

Wind Loads (AS 1170 pI II 1975) Australian Standards for Civil Engineering

Students

523102 CE324 Soil Mechanics

Prerequisite CE212

Pre- or Corequisite CE333 and CE334

2 units

2 units

Index propert.ies, ~Iassification of soils; pe~me~bility, capillarity, seepage and flow nets; stresses m solis; settlement and consohdatlOn; compaction, shear strength and failure criteria; stability of retaining walls.

Text Scott, C. R. An Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Foundarions

2nd edn (Applied Science 1974)

523306 CE333 Fluid Mechanics III 1 unit

Prerequisite CE232

Ideal-fluid flow. Flow n~ts. Seep.age.f1ow. Fluid measurement. Turbomachinery. Specific speed, pumps and turbmes, cavitation. Steady-closed conduit flows. Pipe networks.

Text As for CE231

523307 CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV I unit

Prerequisite CE333

Open c~annel flow. basic concepts, energy and momentum principles. flow resistance. non-uOiform. flow, channel controls, channel transitions: Unsteady flow; surges in closed condUits, waterhammer, elements of unsteady flow 10 open channels.

Text As for CE231

93

523309 CE341 Water Resources Engineering I 1 unit

Elements of microbiology; self-purification of natural waters; water quality management; municipal water supply and sewage systems.

Text Barnes, D. et al. Water & Wastewater Engineering Systems

(Pi/man 198/)

523308 CE342 Water Resources Engineering II 1 unit

Prerequisite CE241 or CE341

The hydrological cycle. Analysis of precipitation and stream flow data. Flood estimation. Probability concepts in hydrological design. Flood routing. Synthetic hydrographs. Groundwater. Irrigation. Water resources development. Urban drainage design.

523107 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems] 1 unit

General introduction to the systems approach. Techniques available as aids to the identification of optimal policies - mathematical modelling, computer simulation, various mathematical programming techniques, heuristics. Choice of techniques, problem formulation. Example applications of the systems approach to civil engineering problems.

Text de Neufville, R. &

Stafford, J. H. Systems Ana~I'sis for Engineers and Managers

(McGraw-Hili)

523]08 CE372 Transportation Engineering I unit

Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction; transportation modes and system characteristics; transportation demand estimates, data collection, highway engineering; driver, vehicle and road characteristics, road geometrics; traffic engineering; road construction, drainage, pavements, maintenance.

Texts Lay, M. G. Source Book for Australian Roads

(Australian Road Research Board) Interim Guide to Geometric Design of

Rural Roads (NAASRA 1980)

524001 CE410 Elastic Continua

Prerequisite CE314

1 unit

Problems in the theory of elasticity; finite element method for plane stress and axially symmetric problems; bending theory for plates with rectangular boundaries; finite elements for plates.

524002 CE411 Plastic Frame Design 1 unit

Pre(Co-)requisire CEJI4

Review of upper and lower bound theorems; plastic moment distribution; column; connections; design of braced frames; subassemblages; unbraced frames.

524003 CE4]2 Thin Walled Structures ] unit

Prerequisite CEJI4

Instability of beams, columns and frames, including analysis of thin-walled sections in torsion; box-girder analysis.

94

524004 CE413 Masonry and Timber Design ] unit


The prope~ties a~d behaviour of masonry. an~ its ~omponents. The design of masonry structl:lres mcll:ldmg recent developments m high flse construction. The properties and behaVIOur of timber. The design of timber structures.

524052 CE414 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells I unit

Prerequisite CE314

Analysis and design of plates with different plan forms and boundary conditions M~mb~ane analysis of cylindrical shells and edge effects. Folded plate analysis fo~ cylindrical shells, membrane analysis of shells of revolution.

524054 CE415 Optimal Design of Structural Elements ] unit Prerequisite CE314

Elements of variational calculus, optimal design of ties, beams, columns, shafts and beam-columns. Multi·purpose optimal design.

524055 CE416 Structural Analysis II I unit

Prerequisite CE314

Extension of .m.a~rix displace!""ent method to grids and space frames; review of energy m~th?ds; flexibilIty of non Uniform and curved members; influence lines, Muller.Breslav Pnnclple. .

524056 CE417 Structural Analysis II] I unit Prerequisite CE3l4

Corequisite CE416

Vibration of single degree offreedom systems; treatment of structural vibration as lumped mass systems; frequencies of vibration of beams; stability of frames.

524057 CE4I8 Structural Design II 1 Wlit


Advanced reinforced concrete d~sig~ -. frames, Yield-line method, Hilleborg Strip method, flat slabs and plates, torsion ID remforced concrete. Plastic design in steelwork.

Texts As for CE3l5

524058 CE419 Structural Design III 1 Wlit Prerequisites CE314 and CE315

Basic design of prestressed concrete structures. Laboratory tests of prestressed concrete beams.

Texts S.AA Warner, R. F. &

Faulkes, K. A. Warner, R. F. et al.

Prestressed Concrete (ASI48J 1978) Prestressed Concrete (Pitman 1979)

Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976)

95

524403 CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering 1 unit

Prerequisite CE324

Site investigation, design of spread footings, strip and combined footings, raft foundations, piled foundations, design of embankments, cuttings, earth and rockfi\l dams, introductory rock mechanics.

Text Peck, R. B. et al. Foundation Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)

524034 CE426 Advanced Properties of Materials I unit

Prerequisites CE212, CE213, CE221

Micro - and Macroplasticity, creep of materials, viscoelasticity of plastics and concretes. Brittle and ductile fracture, Fatigue. Composite materials.

524035 CE421 Concrete Technology I unit

PrerequiSite CE222

Characteristics of special concretes. Use of high alumina, slag, fly ash and other special cements; gap-graded mixes; light-weight aggregate; fibre reinforcement; small scale conCrete models.

524036 CE428 Soil Mechanics 1 unit

Prerequisite CE324

Advanced numerical analyses applied to soil mechanics problems, including slip circle analysis, finite difference solutions to problems of consolidation and flow, and fmite element solutions to problems of flow, stress analysis and consolidation.

524064 CE437 River and Coastal Engineering 1 unit

Prerequisite CE334

Soil erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protections at artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves, Reflection, refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and coastal models.

Text Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966)

524062 CE443 Water Resources Engineering III 1 unit

Prerequisites CE334, CE342 and CE351

Operations research techniques used in studies of water resource systems. Deterministic and stochastic hydrological models. Parameter estimation.

524102 CE452 Engineering Construction 2 unit

Management: Construction company failures and the need for efficient management; prinCiples of management, management functions and techniques; nature and type of organisational structures. Administration: Costing; estimating; engineering contracts; drawings and specifications; tendering. Project Planning and Control: Planning; constructing and analysing networks; resource levelling; cost minimization; presentation of information; control. Construction Plant: Classification, selection and use of plant; plant organisation; plant costs, purchase or hire; site establishment and temporary works.

96

GENERAL INFORMATION

(i)

(xvi)

Construction Methods and Equipment: Earthmoving; drilling and blasting; tunnelling; foundation drilling; piling; bridge and building construction.

Texis Antill. J. M.

Antill. J. M. & Ryan. P. W. S.

524404 CE453 Project

Pre- and Corequisiles

Civil Engineering Management (Angus & Robertson 1973)

Civil Engineering Conslruction (Angus & Robertson 1973)

4 units

According to nature of topic

Literature review. analytical and/or experimental investigation of one or more civil engineering design problems. Presentation of seminar.

524050 CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II 1 unit

Mathematical programming and optimisation techniques. applications to problems in structural design. engineering management, water resource systems and transportation.

524045 CE473 Engineering Surveying II 2 units

Prerequisite CEI71 Engineering Surveying 1

Precise levelling, trigonometric levelling, barometric levelling, single-second theodolites, approximate adjustment of plane triangulation.

Texts Bannister, A. &

Raymond, S. Clarke, D.

Clarke, D.

Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972)

Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn (Constable 1969)

Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)

524046 CE474 Transportation Planning I unit

Prerequisite CE372

Transportation in the national economy; sociological, environmental and economic requirements of transportation systems; demands for travel; land use/ transport interaction. Transportation planning; data collection, trip generation; trip distribution; traffic assignment; modal split economic evaluation. Recent innovations in transportation systems.

Text Bruton, M. J. Introduction to Transportation Planning (Hutchinson

1975)

524047 CE475 Highway Engineering 1 unit

Prerequisite CE372

Structure of road pavements; failure modes; pavement design methods. Material requirements, strength, strain at failure, fatigue. skid resistance. Testing of materials, subgrade. granular and sabilized bases, bituminous materials.

Text Lay, M. G.

524048 CE490 524049 CE491

Source Book for Australian Roads (Australian Road Research Board)

Special Topic ~ Special Topic ~

97

1 unit each

520137 CE510 Elastic Continua 1 unit

See CE410 Elastic Continua.

520138 CE511 Plastic Frame Design 1 unit

See CE411 Plastic Frame Design.

520139 CE512 Thin Walled Structures I unit

See CE412 Thin Walled Structures.

520140 CE514 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells 1 unit

See CE414 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells.

520141 CE515 Optimal Design of Structural Elements 1 unit

See CE415 Optimal Design of Structural Members.

520\31 CE526 Advanced Properties of Materials I unit

Prerequisites CE212. CE21) and CE221

Principles of materials selection. Construction materials. Steel: metallurgy, precautions in fabrication, corrosion protection, brittle fracture prevention. structural properties and uses. Structural aluminium: types of alloys and their properties. fabrication. typical uses. Composite materials.

520121 CE528 Soil Mechanics t unit

See CE428 Soil Mechanics.

520149 CE537 River and Coastal Engineering t unit

See CE437 River and Coastal Engineering.

520145 CE544 Water Quality Management t unit

See CE444 Water Quality Management.

520133 CE554 Civil Engineering Systems II t unit

See CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II.

520129 CE574 Transportation Planning t unit

See CE474 Transportation Planning.

520136 CE575 Highway Engineering t unit

See CE475 Highway Engineering.

520612 CE612 Prestressed Concrete Design 2 units

Review of design procedures of statically detenninate prestressed concrete structures, design of indeterminate prestressed concrete structures. Study of the effects of creep and shrinkage. Detailed study of anchorage zones in pre- and post-tensioned members. Fatigue strength of prestressed concrete beams. Statistical basis of structural safety. Partially prestressed beams.

Texts SAA

Warner, R. F. & Faulkes, K. A.

Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481-1974 (Standards Assn of Australia)

Prestressed Concrete (Pitman 1979)

98

520611 CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics 2 units

Mat.hen:tatical preliminaries ~nd stress distribution around holes and cracks under tensil.e, Ill-plan~ shear and anti-plane shear conditions. Crack modelling by dislocations PlastiC relax~tlon at crack~. Equivalence of Griffith, BarenbJatt and Dugdale crack growth t~eones. Fully plastic. crack growth - use of finite element technique. Energy methods III . Fr~cture M~chamcs - use of J-integral. Theory of fatigue crack growth Useful appI.catlOn of bnule fracture in mining. .

99

I

Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects

531304 EE094 Industrial Experience I unit each

531305 EE095

~~g~i m:i~ 531306 EE096 , These subject units are designed to fo.rmalis~ the period~ of In~ustriaIE~~te~~e~~: which rna" be studied in lieu of electlvc umts by part~tllne stu ents. a ho

~~~;~r:~1 :~~a~r~ennec~r~~~~~!S ~~i~~V!'~i~t~~Or~qn~i~~~c~~'~~~tL!cr;~ ~~~.r:~r~i,~~1~~~:u~~ resent a re ort answering questIOns set by the adviser gLvm~ a conne.

~~d c~itical ev~luation of his engineenng activitics and expenence dunng the year. See also Section 3, lII(e) of this Handbook.

2 units 531307 EE097 Industrial Experience II

, .. d' h" ·c ·tudents only The student must This 2-unit elective is available to san WIC cours I S d f' lsI July ',n the

. .' I' t for one ca en ar year rom be in appropnate full-lLme emp o)me~ , r of enrolment A diary mu),t be kept, year p.receding enrodlmentdt(~ 3dOellhaJ'le~~er~np~~~ ~~~mitted to the 'student's adviser. The a semLnar presente ,an a .... . . ct report must indicate that the s!udent has been engaged 10 a majOr cnglOeenng proJe . See ab~o Section 3, lII(c) of thiS Handbook.

531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals

Part I (Introduction) Introduction to Electrical Engineering. Model Theor}. Unih.

I unit

Pari 2 IResisli'r'e Circuits) d M h A I ' ",d Series re~isti\'c circuits. Nodal an es na y~I~. Ohm's I.aw. Kirchoff's Law. Parallel a

fhe\"Cnins and Norton'~ Theorems.

Part 3 (Transient Cireuits) Tran~ients in RI.. RC Circuits. Inductance and Capacitane. Natural and Forced Respon~e.

Part 4 (Sinusoidal Anal},sis) '. . The Phasor Concept. Complex Impedance and Admittance. Phasor diagrams.

Part 5 (Power in AC Circuits) Power. YoLt-Amp~. Reactive power. Power Factor. .

The course will be evenly divided between lectures and laboratory work and will also be supplemented by tutorial sessions.

Tex, Hayt. W. H. &

Kemmerly, J. E.

I:."ngineerinf{ Circuil Ano(J".\is 3rd edn (McGraw-Hili)

532106 EE211 Energy Conversion 1 unit

Prerequisite EE131 . Magnetsand electr?magn~ts. Magn~tic circu!t laws. B. H. characteristics of ferromagnetic materials; hysterests loss iO magnetic matenals. .

f d e ator act Lon Eddy current losses Faraday's law; Lenz's law, concept 0 motor an gen r .

in materials. . f I d Concept of flux linkage and inductance; self, mutual and leakage I?ductanc~ 0 cour eal

f:~~u~~~e~o~~~~~f~i::;~~~ ~~:a~~~P~fr~u~~~~~~s~s~~e d~!~~~~es.t~~asn~~::;:~rt t:s~~a;. IC

tro-mechanical energy conversion; electro-me~hamcal transduce~s, law of ;~~~ervation of energy and its application to singly-excJted and doubly-exclted systems.

100

Machine windings and their parameters, principle of torque production. Concepts of transformer induced and rotationally induced voltages in a two winding system. The course consists of lectures and tutorials.

Text Gourishanke, V. EleCfromognetic Energy Com'ersion (Internal.

Text)

532107 EE221 Semi-Conductor Devices I unit

Prerequisites EEI31 and Physics IA or IB

Electrical properties of semi-conductors. PN junction diode: operation. static, dynamic and incremental models. High frequency models, switching, noise. Diodes: avalanche, Zener. tunnel. signal. PIN. snap, schottky, LED. Applications. Junction transistor: operation. models. charge-control. Eber's-Moll, Hybrid-IT and T. Switching, Noise. Drift transistor. Field-effect transistors: JFET, MOSFET. models. switching characteristics. Noise, MSI. LSI techniques CMOS, VMOS, LOCMOS. Inherent limitations of solid state devices. Negative resistance devices: UJT. SCR, avalanche transistor. Operation. characteristics and applications. The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by laboratory demonstration and tutorial sessions.

Text Hamilton, D. J. &

Howard, W. G. Basic IntegroJed Circuit Engineering (Mc~raw-Hill, Kogakusha)

532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits

Prerequisite EEI3I

Corequisite Mathematics IIA or Mathematics lIB Pt I (Topic CO)

] unit

Review of AC circuits, Elementary Circuit Topology, Nodal and Mesh Analysis. Circuit Theorems, RLC Circuits. Complex Frequency in Circuit Analysis, Poles and Zeros of Network Functions. General Frequency Response and Bode Diagrams. Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms. Convolutional Integral, Laplace Transform. Two Port Network and their Parameters. The course will be evenly divided between lectures and laboratory work and will also be supplemented by some tutorial sessions.

Text Cooper, W. D.

Hayl. W. H. & Kemmer/y, J. E.

Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques (Prentice-Hall)

Engineering Circuit Analysis 3rd cdn (McGraw-Hili)

532113 EE262 Systematic Programming 1 unit

Prerequisite Mathematics I

An introduction to PASCAL. The case for high level programming languages. The fonnal definition of the syntax of high level languages. An overview and comparison of several high level languages, including FORTRAN 77, PL/I and COBOL and Ada. Comparison of compiler languages and interpretive languages. A brief introduction to list processing languages and macrogenerators. Structured programming: its objectives and the techniques used to achieve them. Modulardesign, top-down programming, good coding style. The role of'goto'constructs, conditional statements, looping 'case' statements.

101

Recursive pmgramming. Appropriate and Procedures. co-routines. re-entrancy. inappropriate uses of recursion.. . The course consists of lectures. tUlonals and some practical work.

Tf'xl

Koffman, E. 8. Prohlem Solving und StruclUred Programming in PASCAL (Addison-Wesley 1981)

532114 E[263 Introduction to Structuring of Information

Prerequi.\i/f' Mathematics I

t unit

Influence of structuring of information on design of programming languages. Data structures: list~. trees, queues, deques and,stacks. Examples of an~ methods for im lementing these structures. Storage allocatIOn for, complex, data lte~s. Scatter

p d hash addressing Elementary string procesSing, and \1st processing. storage an. .. . d . Searching and sorling. A description of several sorting algonthms an companson of their efficiencies. . The course consists of mainly lectures supplemented by tutonals.

Text Tenenbaum, A. M. &

Augenstein, M. J. Data Slructures U.~ing Pascal

(Prentice-Hall 1981)

532116 EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture and ASjembly Language I unit

Prerequisite Mathematics I

Number systems: representation and arithmetic. . . com onents, rocessor structure, addressing modes .. Assembly lan~uage. ~~~~~~r~n sets~ pseudo Pops, machine language macros, recurSIOn, re-entry, Imkers

and loaders. . Lectures will be supplemented with practical assignments usmg PDP-II computer.

Texl Eckhouse, R. H. &

Morris, L. R.

Minicomputer Systems: Organisation, Prugraf!1ming and Applicatiuns (PDP-/J) 2nd edn (Prentice-Hall 1979)

533201 EE313 Power Systems

EE211

1 unit

Prerequisite

Review of complex power, three-phase system analysis, per unit Energy sources. quantities. 1 d

Operational considerations. Energy utilisation, oa Structure of electric power systems. characteristics. The synchronous machine: models, steady state perfor":,ance. power transformers. Transmission line parameter calculations. Network eqUivalents. Surge phenomena.

Steady-state watt and VAR flow control. The course will consist of lectures supplemented by tutorial and laboratory work.

Text Elgerd, O. 1. Electric Energy System Theor)': An Introduction

(McGraw-Hill)

102

533106 1-:1-:31.. Electrical Machines 1 unit PI't'feqllisifl' EE211

rhe analy)'i)' of Kron~ lirst primiti\e machine. rhe derivation of equivalent circuits for DC machine~ and induction mach inc)' from the Kron machine. The practical DC induction mach inc and its perforrnancl' under ,teady-state operation. rhe course will consi),t of lecturl'~ supplemcnted by tutorial and laboratory work.

533111 EE315 Power Electronics unit EE232

The performance of circuits with s\\itches and diodes; Techniques for the recovery of trapped energy. Analysi:-. of single phasc rectifier circuits including active loads. rhe model of the ThHistor and ib operation. Thvristor characteristics. Controlled rectifier circuih ;Itlaly~i~. Line, Imld and forced n)mmutation principlcs. Polyphase rectifier and line com mutated im'cneT systems. A.C. voltage controllers using inverse parallel connected thyristors. Principll's of the dual com·erter and its application to cycloconverter systems. rhe cour~e will consist solely of lectures supplemented by tutorial ~essions.

533117 EE323 Linear Electronics I

Prerequixile EE221 I unit

Signal processing in electronic systems. Biasing requirements and techniques for BJrs and FET's. Single stage amplifier design, small signal and large signal effects. Multistage design, gain, frequency response, linearity, noise, impedance interaction. Stability and feedback. Directly coupled stages, the differential pair, frequency performance. design and cascading.

The course consists of lectures and laboratories which will be supplemented by tutorials.

533118 EE324 Linear Electronics II 1 unit Prerequi.\·ile EE323

Continuing from EE323. Multistage amplifier design. Detailed properties of BJT and FET configurations. Feedback structures.

The course consists of lectures and laboratory work, supplemented by tutorials.

533119 EE326 Digital Design and Technology I unit Prerequisire.~ EE362 or consent of Instructor (Students who have completed EE325 prior to 1983 will not be permitted to enrol in this subject)

Logic families: Static and dynamic characteristics, noise performance. Switching performance of digital devices and systems: signal skewing. set-up/hold time requirements; Metastable behaviour at asynchronous/ synchronous interfaces. Random Logic Techniques: ROM. PLA and MSI module based design. Pipe lining and Parallelism: space time tradeoff.

Digital System Interconnections: Single and differential transmission; open collector and tristate buses; nonlinear digital interconnection transients. Noise generation and suppression in digital systems.

Bus Control Techniques: Centralised/decentralised. Bus handshaking. Microprogrammed Systems. Introduction to VLSI Design.

103

533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1 unit

Note _ People who have passed EE332 Electrical Circuits will not be permitted to

enrol in EE333.

Prerequisite EE232 Electrical Circuits

Terminated two-port networks, classical filter design. Fr~quency transf?r.mation, modern filter design: Chebyshev, Butte~worth ,filters. Active ~Iters; Infinite, g~m multiple-feedback, general VCVS and blquad fllte~s, IntroductIOn to transml~slOn systems. Telegraphers equation~: lossy and lossless I,mes; stead~' state AC a~alysls ,of lines. Terminations and reflectIOns. Impedance of hnes, standmg wave ratIO. Smith chart, matching. Pulse transients in lines. The course will consist mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.

Texts Johnson, W. C. Daryanani

Transmission Lines and Networks (McGraw-Hili) Principles of Active Network Synthesis and Design

(J. Wiley & Sons)

533110 EE342 Linear System Theory I unit

Prerequisite EE341 or ME361

Multivariable control systems. Frequency domam deSign methods Cont~ollabllity Observability. Canonical decomposition. Mmlmal realisatIOns. Pole p~)SItlOnmg by state variable feedback. Luenburger observers. The type I servomechams'!l p.roblem. Introduction to Kalma!) filtering. Nonlinear control systems. Popov cntenon and describing functions. The course consists mainly of lectures which are supplemented by laboratory work and tutorials.

Text As for EE341

533113 EE344 Communications 1 unit

Prerequisites EE232, Maths IlA or liB

Introduction to analogue and digital communications. Amplitude modulation,. ph~se modulation, frequency modulation, pulse modulation. Perform~nce of commumc.a~lon systems in the presence of noise. Basic ideas on AM radio, FM radIO and colour televIsion.

Lectures plus tutorials and laboratory.

Text Principles of Communication Systems

(McGraw-Hill-Kogakusha Ltd) Taub & Schilling

533116 EE345 Digital Signal Processing 1 unit

Prerequisite E£341 or ME361

Z-transforms; realisations of discrete time systems, steady state fr:quency response, Approximation and filter design. Classical frequency transf~)fmatlOns, .Butter.worth and Chebyshev. Recursive design. Finite Impulse R:sponse Ftlters, Clas~lcal Wmdow design. Discrete Fourier Transforms. The Fast Founer Transform Algonthm. Discrete Random Signals, Power Spectrum Estimation; Application of Fast Fourier Transforms to Covariance and Sectrum estimation. The course consists mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by laboratory and tutorial sessions.

Text Stanley, W. D. Digital Signal Processing (Reston 1975)

104

533222 EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design I unit Prerequi.~ite £E264 or consent of Instructor

Boolean algebra, combinational logic, logical circuits, minimization techniques, threshold logic. Data representation, binary arithmetic, codes, error checking and correcting. Sequential logic, flip-flops, state diagrams, state reduction, races and hazards. Logic subsystems: registers, adders. counters, convertors, coders, etc. Basic architecture of digital computers.

Lectures will be supplemented by practical assignments on logic trainers and some tutorial sessions.

Text Nagle, Carroll &

Irwin

533208 EE380

Prerequisite

An Introduction to Computer L01{ic' (Prentice-Hall)

Project/ Directed Reading 1 unit

Students may not enrol in this subject without the permission of the Head of Department.

Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical nature requiring the preparation of a report. Taken under the direction of a supervisor with whom the topic should be negotiated.

534149 EE413 Power System Analysis and Operation I unit

Prerequisite EE313

Steady-state analysis: Load flow formulation, computer solution algorithms, economic dispatch, fault calculations. Dynamic analysis: Dynamic models, electromechanical transient behaviour of synchronous machines, stability, stabilizer design. Power system operation: Operating states, supervisory control and data acquisition, automatic generation control, security. The course will consist of lectures supplemented by assignment and laboratory work.

Text Elgerd, O. I.

534150 EE415

Prerequisite

Electric Energy Systems Theory: An Introducfion (McGraw-Hill)

Power System Equipment and Protection

EE313 1 unit

Transformers: construction and connections, parameters, testing, tap changing. Substation arrangement, High voltage transmission: Design of towers and lines; insulators, strings, arc horns, surge diverters etc; corona effects. The design of high voltage cables. Protection: Use of current transformers and summation transformers; time graded systems, directional systems. Circulating current protection methods. Generator and generator transformer protection. Feeder protection. Circuit Breaker: The are, switching of lagging and leading loads. Design of oil and air blast circuit breakers. Layouts for substations.

High voltage technoiogr: testing, properties of insulation, breakdown theories, insulation co-ordination, overvoltages. The course will consist of lectures supplemented by tutorials, laboratory work and visits to local power facilities.

105

534144 EE416 Advanced Eleclrical Machine Theory (.'\ot offered in 19H4)

Prereqllisill' EE.114

1 unit

The practical 3-phase wound mtor and ~quirrel cage induction machine~. Single phase induction motor~. Aspects of the tran~ient performances of synchronou~ and induction machines. Single phase commutator motor~. Linear induction machines. More advanced techniques used in winding design. The imhricated pole generator. the ~elf ca~caded alternator. and the homopolar machine. The course consists mainly 01 lectures supplemented by tutorial ses~ion~.

Tt'xl rhaler, G. J. & Eit'c(ri(' . ..\Iachine,I' (Wiley)

Wilcox, M. L.

534146 EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems I unit

Prerequisite EE.115

The design and analysis of d.c.-d.c. converters and their application to the control of d.c. machines. The design and analysi~ of sI.Juare wave. quasi-sI.Juare \vave and P.W.M. in\'Crter~ and their application 10 the speed control of a.c. machines. Performance evaluation of induction motors and synchronous machines in variable frequency systems. Control strategies for variabk speed drive systems.

534109 EE42J Electronic Design A 1 unit

Prerequisire EE.12.1

Operational amplifiers: design, characteristics and applications. Power stages: design, characteristics and protection, Electromagnetic Interference and Shielding. Electronic wiring and supply distribution. The course consists of lectures and laboratory work.

Texl Can toni. A. Efe('/ronic De.11gn A Courw Noles ParI I.

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Newcastle

534110 EE422 Electronic Design B

Prerequi.~ire EE323

High frequency circuit layout and interconnections. Broadband amplifier design, video amplifiers.

1 unit

Bandpass amplifier design; ncutralintion, unilateralization, limiting action, a.g.C., stagger tuned stages, double tuned. Oscillators, V.e.O. and applications. Balanced modulator and applications. High-speed digital circuits and interconnections. The course consists of lectures and laboratory work evenly divided.

Texr As for EE421

106

534147 E[426 Advanced Digital Systems I unit

Prerequisite EE326 (or EE325 if passed prior to 1983)

Memory Systems: Associative memories; cache memories, memory paging: memory segmentation. Multiport memories. Interconnection Networks: operation modes; control strategies; switching methodologies; network topologies. Multiprocessor Systems. Highly Parallel Processing Systems: array, vector and associative processors. Systolic Architectures. Pipelined Processors Data Flow Processors Reliability Fault Diagnosis Fault Tolerant Systems

534134 EE447 Digital Communicalions 1 unit

Prerequisite EE344 or Consent of Instructor

Pulse code modulation schemes. Introduction to Information Theory. Framing, Timing Recovery, Equalization, Matched Filters, Error Control Coding, Digital Carrier Modulation, ASK, PSK, FSK, DPSK. Lectures plus tutorial plus laboratory.

Text Shanmugan, K. S. Digiral and Analog Communication Systems

(Wiley Paperback)

534148 EE451 Eleclromagnetic Propagation and Antennas

Prerequi.~ite~· Ph221 & Mathematics liB

1 unit

Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions in various media, reflection, polarization. Poyntings power flow theorem. Attenuation and surface impedance. Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide and strip line configurations. Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna theory. Techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on an arbitary antenna by analytic and computational methods. Solutions of the potential equations, near and far field distributions. Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas, antenna arrays and secondary source antennas. Ground wave and ionospheric propagation.

Texl Ramo, S. et al. Fields and Waves in Communication Electronic.l·

534145 EE462 Topics in Switching Theory 1 unit (Not offered in 1984)

Prerequisire EE362 or Consent of Instructor

Complete set of logic primitives, strong and weak complete sets. Post's theorem. Equivalence classes of functions. Decomposition. Cellular realization of combinational and sequential logic functions. Universal Logic Modules. Finite and infinite cellular arrays and their testing. Programmable cellular logic.

107

534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems 1 unit

Prerequi.\·ites EE264. Topic ML or Consent of Instructor

Views of an operating system. Multiprogramming. interacting concurrent processes. process control primitives. Processor management. memory management, name management. Protection. The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by tutorial sessions.

Text

Lister. A. M. "'utldalllenlal.~ o/" Operatiom Sr.l"lem.~ 2nd edn (Macmillan 1979)

534143 EE464 Compiler Construction 1 unit

Prerequi."ile EE264 or Topic ML

The design of assemblers. Introduction to the theory of grammars, parsing techniques. Construction of compilers, object code generation. Construction of interpreters. The course consists mainly of lectures and assignments on computer.

Texi Aha. A. V. &

Ullman, J. D. Principle.,· (~/" Compiler Desi!{11

(Addison·Wesley 1977)

534102 EE480 Project/Directed Reading 3 units

Topics to be arranged in the field of interest during early part of first term. Full·time students are normally required to undertake a project.

534106 EE481 Project/Directed Reading

Supplementary to EE480

534101 EE491 Seminar

Supplementary to EE480

Talks on various topics of general interest in engineering. EE480 and EE491 are taken together.

List of EE500-600 Subjects

2'units

1 unit

(a) It is proposed to offer the following EE500 subjects in 1984 subject to adequate enrolments.

530144 EE513 Power System Analysis and Operation 1 unit

As for EE413 with additional material

530105 EE511 Variable Speed Drive Systems 1 unit

As for EE417 with additional material.

530142 EE526 Advanced Digital Systems 1 unit


530129 EE547 Digital Communications 1 unit


108

530143 EE551 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas t unit

As for EE451 with additional material on microwave devices including lasers. masers and T. W.T.'s.

530117 EE563 Computer Operating Systems 1 unit


530136 EE564 Compiler Construction 1 unit


530135 EE580 Project 2 units



530111 EE590 Seminar I unit

530137 EE591 Seminar unit



A seri~s of seminars ~'or full·time postgraduate students who each will prepare approximately one seminar per semester on a technical or theoretical subject. Each student will also attend EE491 seminars.

(b) The following subjects wilt not be offered in 1984.

530107 EE516 Advanced Power Systems I unit

Prerequisile EE313

Variable content selected from power systems operations. computer control centres, stability, security dispatch, emergency state control. probabilistic methods. load forcasting, reliability, and protection.

530145 EE541 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 1 unit

530102 EE542 Modern Control 1 unit

530120 EE543 Optimization Techniques 1 unit

530146 EE545 Advanced Communication Systems I unit

530141 EE562 Topics in Switching Theory I unil

530147 EE566 Automata Theory 1 unil

109

•

J unit 530125 EE567 Computer Process Control Linear Discreet Dynamic Systems. Z-transforms. Digital ~iltering. Sample D~ta S t 'Classical Approaches to Digital Control System des.lgn. State-Space Des'.gn T~~~~~~es. Quantization Techniques. Multivariable & Optimal Contro\. Adaptive

Control.

Text Franklin, G. F. &

Powell. J. D.

OiXirul Control or Dmamic System.I' (AddisonWesley 1980)

530121 EE568 Advanced Computer Architecture

530133 EE641 Multivariable Control Systems

530134 EE642 Stochastic Control

110

J unit

1 unit

1 unit

General Engineering Subjects

501101 GEII2 Introduction to Engineering Design

Philosophy and fundamentab. of engineering design.

Text

J unit

All.ltroliall SflJnt/ard l:.11Kineerinf{ DrOll'inK Practice CZI /976 (lnst. of Engineers Australia)

, 501102 GEl51 Introduction to Materials Science J unit

The course provides a general introduction to materials of engineering significance and to the relationship~ which exist between structures. properties and applications. The detailed treatment of variou~ aspects is left to the latter stages of the degree programme. The following sections arc given approximately equal amounts of time and emphasis; Atomic bonding: atomic arrangmcnts in metals. glasses and polymers; the effects of stress and temperature on simple metals; the control of metallic structures bycomposition and thermal treatments; common metals of engineering importance; the structures and properties of ceramics and cement products. Polymers. rubbers and woods; engineering applications for polymers; the mechanical testing of materials: composite material; the fundamentals of corrosion and practical considerations: the electrical. magnetic. optical and thermal properties of solid materials.

Tex, Flinn. R. A. &

Trojan. P. K. EIiXineerinx MOIerial.I' and Their Application.l"

(H oughton Mimin 1975)

501103 GE204 Engineering Computations I

Prerequisile Mathematics I

J unit

This course is concerned with com puter programming. with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals. files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling wiJ] be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation and integration .

Te:o Browne. L. W. 8. A Forrran Primer

or Carnahan. 8.. Luther. Applied Numeri('ol Melh(ld~ (Wiley 1969)

H. A. & Wilkes. J. O.

501104 GE205 Engineering Computations II I unit

Prerequi.l"ile G E204

This course is concerned with developing a student's ability to write computer programmes that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in the engineering field. Some discussion of the theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given but the main emphasis is on computing. The programming work of Engineering Computations I is extended to include some advanced Fortran programming techniques. the use of graph-plouing routines and the use of computer libraries such as the NAG library. Emphasis is placed on curve fitting to well-ordered data and to experimental data and the differentiation and integration of such data. Systems of equations, both linear and non-linear are considered. Other material covered includes solution of ordinary differential equations and partial differential .equations.

111

Text Shoup, T. E.

or Carnahan, B. Luther,

H. A. & Wilkes, J. O.

A Practicable Guide to Computer Methods for Engineers (Prentice-Hall 1979)

Applied NlIIlIericu/ Methods (Wiley 1969)

501105 GE301 Technology and Human Values I 2 units

A course of lecture:. and di:.cussions focussing on the ethical, spiritual. social, political and economic issues that arise in technological decision:.. The course is presented in two parallel strands. Strand A is based on an examination of Australian energy policy. This example of decision making is used to develop an awareness of (i) how non-technical dimensions enter dccisions and (ii) a systematic approach to public policy making. Strand B complement:. Strand A by introducing a range of additional topics which broaden the horizon of consideration and deepen the treatment of specific features of decision making.

Text.\' (Strand A) Commoner, B. Diesendorf. M. (ed.)

. Hooker, C. A. et al.

Saddler, H.

Textx (Strand B)

Brown. L. R. Schumacher, E. F. Teich, A. H. (ed.)

The POIwty (~r Power (Bantam 1977) Energy and People (Soc.Soc.Resp.Sci.) energy amI lite Quality (~r Lite

(U. of Toronto Press 1981) Energy in AW;lralia (Geo. Allen & Unwin 1981)

The Twenty Ninth Day (W. W. Norton 1978) Small is Beautiful (Abacus 1974) Technology and Man s Future

(S1. Martin's Press 1977)

501106 GE302 Technology and Human Values 11

Pre- or Corequisite GE301 Technology and Human Values I

2 units

A team project on the role of technical and value factors in technological decision making. Students will form small teams under staff leadership for a year-long intensive study of a specific example of technological decision making. The aim is to provide a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the interaction between technical and value factors in the decision. Each team will produce a report of a quality aimed at management/ ministerial discussion. Evaluation will be by the Team Report plus staffleader's/ team's assessment of individual contributions. Example projects are Nuclear Electric Power for Australia?, A Study of Technology Assessment. A wider variety of projects can be undertaken, selection by teams will occur during the first two weeks of term.

501107 GE325 Microprocessor Systems and Applications 1 unit

(Students who have completed EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology prior to 1983 will not be permitted to enrol in this subject) Review of basic logic design and number systems. Memory Technology: capacity. cost. speed and organisation. Microprocessors and Microcomputers; ArChitecture and performance. Bus standards: Memory and I/O interfacing, bus handshaking procedures. Interrupt structures and interrupt programming. I/O Peripherals: direct memory access; parallel devices, serial devices; timers; disks; I/O programming. Software and Hardware development aids for microprocessor systems. Computer Interconnections: Taxonomy, characteristics and examples.

II2

Examples of microprocessor applications: real time systems dedicated systems and general purpose systcms. . Fourteen hours of laboratory exer' d I· . h hardware and software. clses ea 109 Wit hardware and microprocessor

Text: A. Cantoni An Introduction 10 Miaopro('f'.lSor SYHems

Cou:se ."'-OIe.\' Department of Electrical and Com pUler Engmeenng

523202 G E350 Seminar 1 . unit

~;i~~es .~r semi~ars and discussions on topics chosen by students within a general theme WI . vary rom ye.ar to year. The purpose of the course is to explore som f h

p~ob.lems 10 mo?e~n sc.'clety and the role technology plays in it. At the same time s~u~e~t ~ o taln some tramlng 10 the skills of formal communication. . s

501108 GE360 Automatic Control 1 unit

Prerequisites Maths IIA OR Maths lIB OR EM2CO & EM2BD

An introduc.tor.y cour~e in line~r control systems. Mathematical models of s stems and ~~~p~nents. dlfferent~al equations and transfer functions. Simple systems ~f first and re c n . order. Anal~sls of steady state performance. System stability and transient

sponse b.y algebraiC. root-locus and frequency response methods ltd . compensatiOn techniques. . n ro UCtlon to

Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems. TexH

Fortmann, 1'. E. & Hitz, K. L. or

lruroduction to Linear Control Srstems Theon' (Dekker 1977) . .

Cannon, R. H. or

Distefano. et al.

D.I'namin (~l Ph.l'~"'cal 5."stems (McGraw-Hill 1967)

Feedhayk and Contral 5.".Hems (Schaum's Outhne Series 1976)

504101 GE471 Energy (Not offered in 1984) 1 unit

Prerequisites Physics IA or IB, EM2CO

Histor.y. distribution and forecasts of energy usage.

~vervlew of energ.y transformations and the applicability of the laws of thermody . In energy converSiOn. namlCS

~nergYI relleas~ from fundamental processes related to nuclear solar chemical er~a , e ectncal and mechanical forms of energy. ",

[Envlronmental.aspects of energy usage and control of thermal audio gas and other orms of pollution. ' ,

504102 GE472 Energy (Not offered in 1984) I unit

Prerequisites Physics IA or IB, EM2CO

Energy conversion technology:-

Conversion Efficiencies and technical and economic constraints.

hCUdrrentltec~nollogy - steam plants, combustion engines and turbines nuclear reactors y ro-e ectrlc p ants etc. "

Possible future technology solar powe h d [. [ - r, m • USlon, uel celis, the hydrogen economy, total energy etc.

II3

•

Energy management:- . Planning of systems, increase in efficiency of usage. choICe of energy sources and energy

conservation.

500101 GE501 Air Pollution Studies I


500102 GE502 Coal Analysis and Properties

1 unit

1 unit

Coal formation and geology. Classification. analysis and testin~. The ba~is for tat · on of analysis results. Analysis of coal minerals. Coal and mmeral reactIOns at presen I . . '1.·

high temperature. The effect of coal properties on Its uti Isatlon.

500103 GE503 Mineral MaUer in Coal 2 units

Prerequi.~ites A first course in coal properties

Types. composition and origins of th~ minera.1 matter i~ coal. Analytical methods for the analysis and characterisation of the morgaOic matt~r m c~al. . .. Examination of a number of coal applications m ~hlch mmerals and mor~antcs determine successful usage and aspects of coal prep~ratlon and clean-~p. Dependmg on interest this may include: grindability. furnace fouhng. fly ash collectIOn. No~ and Sc~ emissions, material aspects (including refractory).

500104 GE504 Coal Preparation 2 units

Prerequisites A first course in coal properties

The principles of particle sizing, crushing, washability and ~.eparati~n techniques .. Analysis of the unit operations of coal preparation such as Jig washlOg. dense medIUm, cyclones and festation. . Row sheeting of washeries, plant control, optimisation and computer modelling.

500105 GE505

500106 GE506

Metallurgical Aspects of Coal Utilisation Content to be advised

Mining Geology

2 units

2 units

Prerequisites Relevant topics from Geology II and Geology III or their equivalents

The formation of peat and analytical methods.

coal as a basis for an understanding of exploratory and

Plant types, coal types, petrography. Analysis of coal measure sequences. . .. "Floor-seam roof systems", mine planning "colhery and open-cut Mine layout based on geological features. Mine services. Mining and extraction operations.

114

Mechanical Engineering Subjects

541302 ME092 I 541303 ME093 Industrial Experience 541304 ME094

t unit each

These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students who wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience units M E092 094 will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods which will deal with working and professional environments. essentials of communication and report writing. In addition. each student will be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience and to report to his industrial experience tutor twice per term. Some assignments relating to employment and experience will be set. Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation or their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such units may be used by students in lieu of electives.

541307 ME097/ 541308 ME0985 Industrial Experience 2 units each

As above except that each of ME097-8 is the equivalent of two units. These Industrial Experience units are available to sandwich course students only and are designed to cover Industrial Experience gained over two years.

541104 MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing I unit

A study in communication and analysis by pictorial means. Methods of projection covering orthagonal projection points, lines. planes and solids; lengths of lines. angles and intersection between lines, planes and contoured surfaces; orthographic projection. dimensioning and sectioning; isometric projection; prospective projection.

Tex/.I·

Levens. A. S.

541103 MEI3I Dynamics

Graphin·, Anal\".l"is & ConcepT/wI Desif{fl (John Wiley·& Sons)

Australian S/andard Engineering Drawing Proc/ice CZI 1976 (lnst. of Engineers. Australia)

I unit

Basic concepts for the study of motion: length, time. force and mass; Newton's law or motion; law of friction; systems or units. Motion of point masses. rigid bodies and connected bodies in straight or curved paths and in simple rotation. Relative motion using translating reference frames. General plane motion of rigid bodies. Momentum and impulse. both linear and angular. related to point masses and rigid bodies. Energy and the conservation principle applied 10 mechanical work, strain energy. kinetic energy. friction losses. for particles and rigid bodies. In addition to lectures. the course includes weekly tutorials devoted to the solution of problems in Dynamics.

Te.w Meriam. J. L. Enf{ineerinf{ Mechanit's. Vol. 2 - Dynamics, SI Version

(Wiley International Student Edition 1980)

542206 ME201 Experimental Methods I 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I and Physics IA or IB

Fundamental units and quantities are discussed as well as the means by which they are measured. Variability in measured data is described and an introduction to error analysis is given. The importance of a correct interpretation of experimental data is emphasised. and simple examples of regression analysis are explained.

115

Basic methods using mechanical. optical or electrical systems or some combination of these. which are used for the measurement of length. strain. area, pressure. temperature. force. torque, fluid flow. vibration. acceleration and other physical properties. are described. Selected laboratory experiments are also provided.

Text Holman. J. P. E-.;perimemal MetllOd,·.IcH Engineer.,· (McGraw-Hill

1966)

542104 ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 unit

Assumed Klwl\'Iedge Mathematics I. MEI3I. CElli

System Classification - Lumped parameter and distributed systems; discrete systems. Examples commonly occurring in engineering problems. Linear Graph Analysis and Network Analysis; Block diagrams. Circuit diagrams for mechanical systems .-~ "through" and "across" variables; equilibrium and compatibility analysis; system modelling; system function. Concept of "state"; free and forced response; stability. Classical time domain analysis; frequency domain analysis of linear lumped and continuous systems.

Tex! Cannon, R. H. Drnamin o/" Pln'.~ical Sy.l"/ems (McGraw-Hili 1967)

542207 ME203 Experimental Methods II 1 unit

Assumed KnOldedge M E20 I

Selected engineering experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and 10 complement formal subject matter in the course.

542208 ME212 Engineering Design I 1 unit

A.\".mmed Knowledge MElli. ME214 or CE212. CElli. Math, I. GEI12

Design procedures for mechanical components. Load estimation. Typical allowable stress and factor of safety values. Stress calculations. Detail considerations of the design of shafts, bearings, couplings. bolted joints. welded connections, wall brackets. eccentric connections. levers, flat and vee belt drives and springs. Horsepower calculations for straight and helical spur gear reductions.

Text Spotts Doign ur Mat'hine Elemems 5th edn (Prentice-Hall

1978) ,

542105 ME214 Mechanics of Solids I 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge Maths I, CElli

Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain. stress and strain relationships; internal forces, internal stresses. deflexion of beams, torsion, buckling.

Text Beer, F. P. & Mechanic.,' of Material.,' (McGraw-Hili 1981)

Johnston, E. R.

542209 ME223 Engineering Technology 1 unit

Materials and processes in manufacturing. Casting processes. Metal forming processes. Metal cutting processes. Fabrication processes. Numerical Control. Dimensional accuracy and surface finish. Technology of machine tools. Jigs and fixtures. Assembly methods. Material handling and workshop layout.

116

Tt'x/.\"

Campbell, J. S. DeGarmo. E. P. Pmce.~:I·t'.~ and /~1ater!'al!>' in ManufoClurillK (Wiley)

.l,1aterwl.\ Prlnl'.B·t'.,· III Manulac!uring (Macmillan)

Dynamics of Machines I 542305 ME232

A.uumed I\.fuJII·ledXl' • unit Maths I. CE [[ J

Description of plane and three-dime" I' '. a~d ro.tating reference frames. Kin~~a~~csm~:IO~a~f particles I.~ i~ertial, translating dimenSIOnal motion of systems of particles and ri;d b:d~:~haDlsms. General threeTeXl

Meriam. J. L. Drnamin 2nd edn SI Version (Wiley International

19751

542106 ME241 Properties of Materials I

AS.I"lIfll(!d A."IUJII-tedXl' M E214 1 unit

Dislocations and their interaction theoretical' h m~chanisms of solidification, mic;ostructural a~~~n~~ a~?ma.ly, phase di.a~rams, microstructures, age hardening h. YSIS, gram. Size, non-eqUilibrium characterisation of pearlite bainit~ a~~e~~ ~ng . and te~peflng,. TTT diagrams, aluminium and allovs, weldin surface ha~~ en.slle, meta urgy ~f Iron and steel and hot working. work hardening, ~'arrosion. enlOg, deep hardenmg. recryslallisation,

Texl Ashby, M. F. &

Jones. D. R. H.

542210 ME251

Engineerin,g Materials: An Inrrodul'fion 10 (heir Properlles and Applicatiuns (Pergamon 1980)

Fluid Mechanics I

A.s.wmed Knowledge Maths I Ph "IA IB . YSlcs or 1 unit

Flui~. properties and definitions, Fluid statics'- f stability of floating and submerged bodies T' ~r~es on su.rfa:es, buoyant forces. and Bernoulli equations energ e uation '1' ypes 0 ow, contlOUIty equation, Euler's Introduction to dimensional :na~'sis, vis~~~~r e~~e~t~ngf~I~~ m0r.nentum app!ications. turbulent flow in pipes and condu,'t, FI 'd ' UI reSistance, laminar and

"', UI measurement. Text Streeter. V. L. &

Wylie. E. 8. Fluid Mec-hanic.l· 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)

542205 ME27. Thermodynamics I

Assumed Knoll'ledJ(e Maths I. Physics lA or IB 1 unit

Fundamental thermodynamic fi and irreversible processes. Proc;e~~f~t~f Ipr~~~n~ secondl.la":s and corollaries. Reversible C I . ec gases. Iqulds and vapours

a culatlOns of property changes and en fl . unsteady flow processes using various work~~g; su~~!n~~r non-flow, steady flow and E . . f . s. _x~~~~~:o: ~Ie:anous ~nergy conversion systems as examples of the above calculations

Diesel and ~ixed c~~~e~:n~ticJf~~' :~~e:~i~:Scle, re~enerative fe~d heating, DUo cycle, cycles. on cyc es, gas turbme cycles, refrigeration

Text

Rogers, G. F. C. & Mahew. R. Engineeri'!g Thermodynamics Work and Heat Transfer

S I Units (Longmans 1972) . .

117

543104 ME302 Experimental Methods III 1 unit

As.mmed Knowledge ME203 Selected engineering laboratory experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.

543105 ME312 Engineering Design II unit

Assumed Knowledge ME212, ME214

Film lubrication, Friction theory and applications, Hydrodynamic drives, Materials and failure theories, Fatigue, Fracture, Thermal Stresses. Residual Stresses. Belt conveyors as an example of the design of a system. Projects to solve problems related to the above; one involving the development of a computer programme.

Text Burr, A. H. Mel'hanical Analysis and Design (Elsevier)

543107 ME333 Dynamics of Machines II 1 unit

A,.sumed Knowledge ME202, ME232. EM2CO. EM2BD, EM2H

Kinematics and dynamics of radial cams and toothed gearing.

Balancing of machinery. Vibrations - Review of one degree of freedom systems. Multi degree-of-freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous systems.

Text Mabie, H. &

Ocvirk, F.

Mechanisms and Drnamic.s of Machinen' 51 Version 3rd edn (Wiley) . . .

543108 ME342 Properties of Materials II 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge ME241

Cartesian tensor notation; Dynamics of macromolecules; General constitutive theories; Network models for rubber-like solids; Composite materials; Dynamic and non:sothermal behaviour of rubber-like materials; Time-temperature superposition principle; Elastic fracture mechanics; Elastic plastic fracture mechanics.

Texts Christensen. R. M.

Rolfe & Barson

Treloar. L. R. G.

Theory of Viscoelasticity - An Introduction (Academic 1971)

Fracture and Fatigue Control in StruClUres (Prentice-Hall 1977)

The Physics of Rubber Elasticity 2nd edn (Oxford U.P. 1958)

543109 ME343 Mechanics of Solids II

Assumed Knowledge CE212 or ME214

1 unit

Theories of stress, strain and elasticity. Formulation of problems in elasticity. Statically indeterminate beam problems. Shear centre. Torsion of prismatic bars - membrane analogy. torsion of thin-walled sections. Strain energy methods of analysis. Plane stress and plane strain problems. Unsymmetric bending, curved beams. thick cylinders. instability problems.

118

543110 ME352 Fluid Mechanics II 1 unit As.wmed Knol\"/edxt' M E25!

Kine.matics of Fluids. Dynamics of lncompressibl Fl ·d· S· ., . . . of d .. me.nsionat a.nalysis. Exact solutions of Na~ier.~~t \. ~mllaTlt'ya~d theapphcatlo.n lubricatIOn. Lammar and turbulent flows. 0 es equatIOns. HydrodynamiC

Text Antonia. R. A.

543202 MEJ72

.Vote.\·.IiJr r'uid M~cha~lic",· II (Department of Mechanical EnglneeTlng, University of Newcastle)

Heat Transfer

EM2CO. EM2BD. EM2H. ME251 1 unit

Conduction; steady and unsteady, one and two d· . . . . heat generation and including convection bound u:,e.nsNlOnaL ~ltlh and ~Ithout mternal C ' .. . anes. umenca solutions. m~~:~!~O~'~~;I~:;tt~~~~;e~~lent. Analytical and empirical solutions. Analogy between

Rd· . r a la~lOn: deve[.op~ent of radiation networks. Exchange between eflectmg and absorbmg surfaces. Heat exchangers. Combined modes. transmitting.

Text Holman, J. P. Heal Tran.~Ier (McGraw-Hill, ISE, 1981)

543111 ME373 Thermodynamics II AHlimeel Knowledge M E271

1 unit

F~~~ran~ second law a~alysis of processes and cycles. Advanced anal sis p p ants, ~as turbme systems and refrigeration plants A _ Y o~ steam

fiPsychometry, air-conditioning systems. Reactive mixtures" I.~.~a'pour mlxt~res, Irst law analysis. equilibrium constants Direct energy c . ~qUl I num equatIOns. . onverslOn systems.

Text.\" As for ME271 Thermodynamics I

543501 ME381 Methods Engineering 1 unit Assumed Know/edge Maths l, M E223

The i~tegration of man, machines and materials to achieve· . operation: The critical questioning attitude. Ch. maximum effiCiency of Ergonomics. Activity sampling. Case studies. artmg methods. Work study.

Te:a Niebel, B. W.

or Stevenson. M. G.

MOIion alld Time Study (Irwin)

Me/hods Engineering (N.S.W. Univ. Press)

543502 ME383 Quality Engineering

Assumed Knowledge ME223, EM2CO. EM2BD. EM2H I unit

Conce~ts of quality. Sampling plans. Inspection b attribute b Operatmg characteristic curves control cha t D . Y f s: y measurement. variance. • r s. eSlgn 0 expenments. Analysis of

119

543503 ME384 Design for Production I unit

A.numed KliowledKe ME312, ME223

The application of economics, methods engineering, ergonomics and mechanical engineering to the development and design of products. Production, distribution and marketing of engineering products. Production, assembly and inspection methods in relation to scale of output. Principles of metrology and tool. jig and fixture design.

544481 ME405 Advanced Numerical Programming t unit

A.Humed KnOlt"iedKe ME3DI or ME2D4 or GE2D5

Complex algebra, multiple entry and return points for segments, use of disc and magnetic tape files, use of library subroutines, etc. Some advanced computing techniques. For examplc:(a) Solution of end Yalue differential equations. (b) Finite elemenl leehnique~. (e) Ad\aneed finite difference lechnique~. (d) Eigenvalue problem~.

544453 ME407 Environmental Engineering t unit

A.Humed Knowledge Completed Year II

Physical and chemical interaction of air pollutants on the local and global scale. Meteorology, atmospheric diffusion models and ambient measurements of air pollutants and the control of exhaults from mobile and stationary sources.

544424 ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control 1 unit

Introduction to problems of community noise, industrial noise and building acoustics. Behaviour of sound waves. Noise levels. Noise measurement. Criteria for community, building and vehicle noise standards.

Text Beranek. L. L. Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill 1971)

544426 ME410 Advanced Design Concepts I I unit

The ap.plication of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the design process. Computer approach for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of typical mechanical components.

544428 ME413 Engineering Design III 1 unit


Stress Analysis, Deflection Analysis, Contact Stress & Wear, Impact. Industrial hydraulics as an example of the design of a system, Projects to solve problems relating to the above; one based on the use of a computer package and one involving the development of a programme.

544469 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I 1 unit

Principles of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow properties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Gravity reclaim stockpiles. Analysis and design of hoppers for 'mass-flow', 'funnel-flow' and expanded flow conditions. Bin wall pressures. Flow rate analysis. Feeder loads.

120

Text Arnold. P. c.,

McLean, A. G. & Roberts, A. W.

Bulk SulitA: Storage, FlolI" and Handling (TUNRA) 2nd cdn. 1982. ISBN 07259 0 3031

Selected research papers.

544472 ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II I unit A.\·sumed Knol\"ledKe ME419

Further topics in bulk soli~s han~ling. Wall pressure analysis for mass.flow and funnelflow. Influen~e .of eccentnc loadmg due t? eccentric discharge and other factors. Wall roughness, fnctlon and wea~. Fe~der deSign. Flow promotion. Blending. Flow of fine powders. Transfer chutes. VibratIOn of bulk solids. TexIS Arnold, P. c.,

McLean, A. G. & Roherts, A. W.

Bulk SolidI': Storage, FloII' and Handling (TUNRA) 2nd cdn. 1982. ISBN 0 7259 0 3031

Rademacher, F. J. C.


Feeder.l· ami Vibrator.!' Cunveron (TUNRA) 1979. ISBN 0 7259 0352 X·

544473 ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids

Assumed Kno II'ledge M E419 I unit

Co~parison bas~d on. economic and technical considerations of different modes of ~ntmuous ~nd dlscont.muous transportation of bulk s?lids. Overview of freight pipelines

pneumatIC, hydrauhc. and capsule - ~nd mechamcal conveying _ belt. screw and bucket elev~tors. Techmcal and economic considerations in the design of conveyors Examples will be selected from the con~inuous conveyor systems mentioned above. In th~ case of .be.1t convey~rs th~ dynamiC. ch~racteristics and the influence of these charactenstlcs on deSign Will be studied to some detail In tho cas f .

h d . . ... e 0 pneumattc conveyors, t e eSlgn of both lean and dense phase systems will be discussed. Texts Arnold, P. c.,

McLean, A. G. & Roherts, A. W,

Roberts, A. W. & Hayes, J. W.


Bulk Solids: Storage, Flo\\" and Handling (TUNRA) 2nd cnd. 1982. ISBN 0 7259 03031

Economic Ana(l'sis in the Optimum De!.ign o.fConveyurs (TUNRA) 1981. ISBN 0 7259 0340 6

544471 ME434 Dynamics of Machines III I unit

Assumed Know/edge ME333

Dynamic Motion Analysis, energy distribution method, equivalent mass-and-force method, the rate-of.exchange-of-energy method.

ABdbv~ll~ce~ Kinemati.cs of Plane Motion, the inflection circle, Euler-Savary equation Oller s construction. Hartmann's construction. '

Introduction to Synthesis, graphical and analytical methods. Text Hirschhorn, J. Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Motion

(McGraw-Hill)

121

544474 ME444 Properties of Materials III I unit

Assumed Knmdedge ME342 Composite Materials. theory of fibre reinforcement. continuous fibre composite. discontinuous fibre composites. mechanisms of failure. fracture toughness of composite materials.

544475 M E445 Mechanics of Solids III I unit

Assumed Knol\·led!w ME343

An introduction to the theory of plates and shells with extensions to thick pressure vessels and creep effects. Application of numerical (approximate) methods.

544476 ME453 Fluid Mechanics III I unit

Anumed Knoll·ledge ME352

Lectures and laboratory work dealing with a selection from the following topics:-

Topics in turbomachinery. One-dimensional compressible flow. Fluid dynamic stability. Elements of turbulent flows. Turbulent flows in both the laboratory and atmosphere.

544477 ME473 Thermodynamics III I unit

Assumed Knoll'ledge ME373

Thermodynamic relations; the Maxwell relations; general equations for enthalpy. internal energy and entropy; compressibility factor; equations of state; generalised charts for enthalpy and entropy. Availability concepts and applications. Thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Applications of statistical thermodynamics. Direct energy conversion.

Text Holman. J. P. Thermodynamics (McGraw-Hill 1969)

544478 ME474 Heat Transfer II 1 unit

A Humed Knowledge ME372

Development of the general forms of the continuity, momentum and energy equations. Application of these equations to a range of convection heat transfer problems. Advanced conduction and radiation heat transfer. Heat transfer with change of phase.

Text Karlekar. B. V. &

Desmond. R. M. Engineering Heal Transfer (West Publishing Company

1977)

544101 ME481 Engineering Administration 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge Maths I

The nature and function of an industrial enterprise. Theories of organisation. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management.

122

544433 ME482 Engineering Economics I I unit

Anumed Know/edge Maths I

Elementar~ accounting concepts. Time.value of money. interest formulae. Comparison of alternatives. annual and present equivalent. rate of return. Depreciation and income tax effects. Projects financed from public funds. Replacement and retirement economics. Capital budgeting.

Text Smith. G. W. Engineering Economy: Ana~l"sis v.lCapita/ £"t;pendifUre.~

3rd edn (Iowa State V.P. 1979)

544470 ME483 Production Scheduling I unit

Assumed KnOll"led!{e Maths I. ME30ljME204 or GE205

Production systems: job shop. line production. group technology; computer aided manufacture. numerically controlled systems; materials handling. Production scheduling and sequencing. Computer algorithms for scheduling and sequencing problems.

544464 ME484 Engineering Economics II I unit

Anumed Know/edge ME482

Accounting concepts. use of accounting data in decision making. Utility. risk and uncertaint~. Expansion a.nd :conomic. pa?kage concepts. Capital expenditure programmmg. Effects of mflatlon. ApplicatIOn of mathematical programming to economic problems.

Text Smith. G. W. En!{ineering Economy: Ana~r.l"i.l· v.rCapital Expenditure.l·

3rd edn (Iowa State U.P. 1979)

544466 ME485 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing J unit

Introduction to Computer Aided Manufacturing Concepts. Control systems for NC Machines; Programming of NC Machines. Systems with integrated materials handling. Robotic Systems. Group Technology concepts.

544467 ME487 Operations Research - Fundamental Techniques I unit

Assumed Knowledge EM2CO, EM2BD. EM2H

Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Formulation of Models; Linear Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of Games. Parametric Programming; Decomposition principle. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. Geometric Programming. Applications.

Texts Hillier. F. S. &

Lieberman. C. J. or

Taha, H. A. or

Wagner. H. M.

Introduction IV Operations Research (Holden-Day)

Operatiuns Research (Macmillan)

Principles of Operations Research (Prentice-Hall)

123

544468 M E488 Operations Research - Planning. Inventory Control 1 unit and Management

A.\.\w1/ed Knoll'ledge EM2CO. EM2BD. EM2H

Statistical decision theory: Forecasting. methods moving average exponentially smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed order 4~antity: fixed ord~r cycle systems: Production _. inventory sys~ems. Queu~ing th~ory; simple queue ~ult~-server queues. Queues in series. Transients In queues: simulatIOn of systems. Applications.

Text As for ME487

544203 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 units

Usually consists of literature survey and. reviev-:, an~lytical and;' or experi-:nental investigation into a mechanical or industrial engmeenng problem. Presentation of seminars. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required. Invited guest seminars. See Head of Department for further details.

544479 ME497 Project/Directed Reading 2 units

NOll': Students may not enrol in this subject without the permission of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

Private work of laboratory,literature search or theoretical natu.re req~iring preparatio.n of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor With whom the tOPIC should be negotiated. The work undertaken in this subject may form part of an extended ME496 Project or an independent topic.

544480 ME498 Project/ Directed Reading 1 unit

Note: Students may not enrol in this subject without the permission of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.

Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical natu.re req~iring preparatio.n of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor With whom the tOpiC should be negotiated. The work undertaken in this subject may form part of an extended ME496 Project or an independent topic.

540137 ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H

A systematic approach to the analysis and d.es.ign ~f experimentsan~ the interpretation of experimental results. The course has been divided mto three approximately equal parts as follows:-(I) Statistical methods for the design and evaluation of experiments. (2) Model analysis, use of true and distorted models as well as analogues. Use of

dimensional analysis. (3) Methods of measurement, mechanical. optical. electrical and electronic

instrumentation. Recording techniques and data processing. Use of computers. Planning of computer laboratory operations.

124

540126 ME505 Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control ] unit

Assumed Knowledge ME301 or ME204 or GE205

Types of systems. physical and organisational. Mathematical modelling and system simulation. System pcrformance criteria. Concepts of Optimisation. Application of systems techniques of organisational analysis and design. Examples of industrial and business systems.

540127 ME508 Air Pollution Studies II I unit

Note - Students who have previously completed ME407 may not enrol in this subject.

Atmospheric diffusion models and physico-chemical interactions on the local and global scale. Ambient measurement and control of exhausts from motor vehicles.

Text Seinfeld. J. H. Air PoilU/ion - Phl'sical and Chemil"Q1 FundamellfalJ

(McGraw-HilI 1975)

540128 MESH Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis 2 units

An introduction to the experimental and theoretical analysis of complex components with emphasis on the use of computer techniques. Theoretical and experimental applications of the use of strain gauge, photoelastic and modelling methods will be covered. Certain aspects of simulation techniques will also be given.

540129 ME515 Advanced Design Concepts II 1 unit


The application of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the design process. Fundamental concepts of reliability. Reliability analysis. Methods of improving the reliability of systems. Computer programming for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of typical mechanical components. (This subject continues on from ME41O).

540138 ME517 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems 1 unit


As for ME421 with additional material.

540130 ME535 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry 1 unit


A systematic study of both noise and vibration problems which are of common occurrence in industrial plants and structures. It is divided into:

(i) Fundamentals underlying noise control. Criteria for noise and vibration control. Practical noise control. (This section continues on from ME409).

(ii) Vibration measurement and analysis. Vibration control: shock and vibration isolation in machines and vehicles. Effects of shock and vibration on structures.

Texis Anderson, R. A. Beranek, L. L.

Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan) Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill 1971)

540141 ME553 Turbulent Flows ] unit

Assumed Knowledge ME352 or equivalent

Review of physics of turbulence and some of its engineering a pplications. Governing equations and interpretation. Phenomenological theories. Vorticity dynamics. Statistical and structural descriptions. Spectral and correlation theories. Wall-bounded and free turbulent shear flows. Turbulence research trends.

125

Text Tennekes, H. &

Lumley, J. L. A First Course in Turbulence (M.I.T. Press 1972)

540131 ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge ME301. ME352, ME372, or their equivalents

Governing equations in primary and secondary variables. Coordinate transformations. Discretisation of the equations. Solution algorithms for the dicretised equations. Examples from the marker-and-<:ell technique, Patankar-Spalding, Cobeci Smith, Bradshaw-Ferriss, Wilcox-'Edybul' programs.

540132 ME581 Mathematical Programming II 1 unit

Assumed Knowledge ME404 or equivalent

An introduction to non-linear optimization problems. Dynamic programming and its application to a range of resource allocation. production planning and inventory control problems. Linear programming problems in integers; introduction branch-and-bound methods and implicit enumeration algorithms for problems in binary variables.

540133 ME581 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 1 unit


Review of relevant, probability and statistics theory; utility theory; Bayes' theorem; decision trees; decision models under risk and uncertainty: queueing theory; Markov models. renewal theory; variable inventory models: forecasting; time series analysis production-inventory models quality assurance models; reliability.

540152 ME582D Industrial Computations 1 unit

Review and revision of probability theory, random variable and distribution Regression analysis and statistical tests. Applications in industry in quality control and sampling inspection schemes: in design of industrial experiments in analysing variability in production systems.

Text Guttman, I .. Introductory Engineering Statistics 2nd edn (Wiley)

Wilks. S. S. & Honder, J. S.

540134 ME583 Modelling of Management Problems 1 unit

Principles of model building; classification of models; cause-effect structures; organisational objectives; problem formulation; management problems in industry and government; models for marketing. manpower, production, inventory, distribution, and investment; case studies of management problems.

540135 ME584 Simulation


1 unit

The basic methodology of simulation and its relationship to operations research and the scientific method; analogue. digital and hybrid simulation; the representation of uncertainty in simulation models, sampling methods; simple example of simulations of a queue to illustrate the problems and methods involved in the construction of different models to answer different questions;

126

general solutions to the modelling of such networks: the classical 3-phase model: programming languages for simulation; design of simulation experiments: simulation project.

540136 MES97 Project/Seminar



For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.

433240 ME681 D Industrial Law

2 units

3 units

4 units

4 units For subject entry see Industrial Law entry in Economics and Commerce Handbook.

540173 ME684D Project

For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.

540176 ME685 Advanced Operations Research

Assumed Knou'ledl{f' ME487/488

2 units

1 unit

The a~pl.ication. of the Operational Research Method and techniques to tactical and strategl.c Indust~lal problems: Analysis and simulation of production _ inventory control systems. Queuemg systems. Investment and replacement. quality control and reliability.

127

•

111102 Me.092 ~ 111103 Me.093 111104 Me.094 111105 Me.095 1111 06 Me.096

Metallurgy SUbjects


These subject units are designed to formalise the period of Industrial Experience which may be studied in lieu of elective units by part-time students. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one elective unit of 42 hours. Students will be required to present a report giving a connected account of his industrial experience. and an essay topic associated with the experience will be set. A seminar may be required from this topic.

112214 Met214 Theory of Metallurgical Processes I 3 units

Prerequisite Maths I, Chemistry I, Physics lA

Corequisites Met261

This subject is divided into three parts:

(i) Physical Chemistry Fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. Emphasis on their application to heterogeneous systems. Gas/solid equilibrium. Ellingham diagrams. Electrochemical equilibrium in aqueous solutions. E-pH diagrams.

(ii) Separation Processes

A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of flux, driving force, heat and mass transfer coefficients. Diffusivity and conductivity; rate equations. Dimensional analysis. Heat transfer by convection. conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer coefficients. Radiative heat transfer. Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficient. Correlation of transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory. Vapour-liquid equilibria. Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer. Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and countercurrent arrangements. The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on grey surfaces. Exchange areas. direct and total. The adiabatic surface approximation for a refractory. The source-sink-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.

Texts Coulson, J. M. &

Richardson, J. F. Perry, J. H. &

Chilton. C. H. Sarofim. A. C. &

Wall, T. W.

(iii) Fluid Mechanics

Chemical Engineering Vol. I (S.l. units) (Pergamon 1977)

Chemical Enginnen Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hili 1973)

Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University of Newcastle)

Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces. buoyancy. Fluids in motion; conservation of mass and energy. Continuity. Bernoulli and Eulerequations, momentum principle. applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow measurement.

128

Text Streeter, V. L. &

Wylie. E. B. Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hili 1979)

112241 Met241 Microplasticity 1 unit

Prerequisite Physics lA

Metallogr~phy of the plastic deformatio." of si!lgle crystals. slip, twinning and cleavage, ~tress str~m curv~s o~ metal .cryst~ls. Dlsloca.tlOn theory, cross slip. climb, dissociation I~to partials. se~slle dl~sloc~tlOns. J.ogs. Th.eones of work hardening, deformation bands. kmk ~ands, dislocatIOn. mteractlOns With solute and particles. Deformation and anneahng of polycrystalhne metals.

Text

Wulff. J. et al. Structure and Properties of Metals Vol. 3 (Wiley)

112251 Met251 Metallography I unit Prerequisites Chemistry 1. Physics IA

An introduction to binary phase dia~r~m.s and the ge~eration of microstructure. phase rule, I~ver rule, departures. from .equillbTlum~ generahsed relations between properties an? .mlcrostructure .. Techmcallr Important. ~mary systems. Characteristics of pearlite. ~amlte and martens~te. Anneah~g. normahsmg. quenching, tempering. age hardening. Isothermal and contmuous coohng transformation. Text Reed-Hill. R. Physical Metallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand)

112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy

Prerequisite

Corequisite

Chemistry I

Met214

1 unit

Current technology and ferrous metals.

fundamentals in the process metallurgy of ferrous and non-

Text Gilchrist. J. D. Fuels. Refractories & Furnaces 2nd edn (Pergamon)

112271 Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy 1 unit Prerequisites Physics lA, Chemistry I

An ~ntroduction t?, and. a study of, the ~ommo~ metal-working techniques. Rolling. forgmg, deep drawmg. wire and tube drawmg, castmg, extrusion and powder metallurgy. Text

Dieter, G. E. Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw-Hili)

112281 Met281 Atomic and Electronic Structure 1 unit Prerequisites Physics lA, Chemistry I

Per~odic t~ble .an~ atomic bondi~g, In.tro~uctory. crystallography, crystal systems. ~athces, ~llIer I":dlces, stereographlc proJectIOn, reciprocal lattice. Metallic structures, Ideal sohd solutIOn. defects, Hume-Rothery rules. Non-metallic structures Pauling rules. I~trod~ctory X-ray crystallography, production and properties of X-rays Bragg diffractIOn. '

129

113301 Met301 Communication Skills

Prerequisites Nil

Preparation of written and oral reports.

Text

If! unit

Pauley, S. Technical Report Writing Today (Houghton Mifflin)

113323 Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes

Prerequisites Met2l4. Met26l

1 unit

Experimental design: randomised and randomised·block, factorial and fractional factorial designs applied to metallurgical situations. Optimisation: method of formulation, single variable and multivariable techniques. Linear and non·linear problems, constrained problems, confidence regions.

113393 Met312 Modelling and Control of Metallurgical Processes 1 unit

Prerequisite!>; Met214, Met261

Construction of models, use of models in prediction, identification and simulation, validity of models using examples from current metallurgical practice. Computer control systems. system components, advantages and justification of computer systems. Demonstration by use of simulation packages. Use of microcomputers in on.line data logging and control. Application to a practical example in the laboratory.

113395 Met314 Theory of Metallurgical Processes II 3 units

Prerequisile Met214 OR

All of ChE26 I. ChE272, and Chemistry IIC

Chemical thermodynamics and kinetics of complex heterogenous systems. Computer calculations of complex equilibria. Physical chemistry of iron and steelmaking and of selected non·ferrous metallurgical processes. Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of steelmaking processes including models of continuous steelmaking. Multiport modelling of steel finishing processes. Mixing theory and simulation of batch and semi<ontinuous pyrometallurgical reactors. Flow systems in pyrometallurgical processes; slag·metal processes, gas·metal flow in vacuum processes, melting on packed beds, jet behaviour in metallurgical reactors, gas bubble flow. molten metal. Flow in ingots and castings and at solidification interfaces.

Text Peacey, J. G. & The Iron Blast Furnace (Pergamon)

Davenport, W. G.

113325 Met322 Electrochemistry Corrosion & Hydromelallurgy 1 unit

Prerequisite Met214 Metals in equilibrium with aqueous solutions. Departures from equilibrium. Kinetics of electrode processes. Corrosion. Surface films and passivity. Corrosion prevention and control. Electrodeposition. Electropolishing. The physico<hemical principles of hydrometallurgical processes used in extractive metallurgy.

130

113353 Met353 Solidification Processes 1 unit Prerequisites Met251, Met261. Met27l

Th~ t~eo~y ~nd practice of solidification of metals from the atomic-morphology of the sohd·hq~lld mterfac~ to t~e structure of a steel ingot. The role of impurity, micro. segrega~lOn, gases,. inclUSIOns. and macro-segregation on the final mechanical and proce~smg propertles of castmgs. Special reference is made to continuous casting techmques and products.

Text Flemings, M. C. Solid{ficaliun Processing (McGraw· Hill)

1 unit 113350 Met354 Quantitative Metallography

Prerequisiles Met241. Met251

An introductory course in the application of metallographic data including microstructures.

quantitative methods of evaluating

Texi Pickering, F. B. Vie Basi:.' of Quantilative Merallographl' (Institution

of Metallurgists) .

113355 Met355 Physical Metallurgy 2 units Prerequisites Met242, Met251. Met281

Thermodynamics of binary phase diagrams. Transformation kinetics. The physical metallu~gy of alloy steel.s, effect o~ alloying elements, hardenability of alloy steel, Tempenng ~nd temper bnttleness. Dislocation theory, yield point phenomena fracture age ha~demng and. creep. Elementary theory of thermal, electronic and 'magneti~ properties of metalliC alloys.

Texts Reed-Hill, R. Honeycombe, R. W. K.

Physical Merallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand) Steels: Microstructure and Properlies (Arnold)

113356 Mel356 Metallographic Techniques

Prerequisites Met251, Met28l 1 unit

A pra~tically o~ien.ted cour.se of modern metallographic methods including theor of operation, appilcatlon and mterpretation of data. y

TeXIS Smallman, R. E. &

Ashlee, K. H. G. Cullity, B. D.

113364 Met364 Refractories

Prerequi:,·ite.s

Modern Metallography (Permagon)

Elements of X-ray Diffraction (Addison· Wesley)

unit Met241. Met251

Techniq~es ~or the investiga.tion and testing of refractories. Phase equilibria and rates of reactl?n m complex OXide sys~ems. The clay-water system and alumino-silicate refract.ones. The structur.e, properties and industrial applications of silica. magnesite, ?oloml.te, chro":,e. alumma and carbon refractories. Special refractories includ' msulatmg matenals. ' mg

113397 Met373 Polymer Processing

Prerequisites Met271 1 unit

A description and analysis of the techniques for the production and forming of commercially important polymers.

131

Te:a Seymour. R. 8. Modern Plastin Tedmologr (Prentice-Hall)

113374 Met374 Welding and Non-Destructive Testing 1 unit

Prerequixite.\' Met241. Met251 and Met271 . . . . 'c rinci Ie!'> and techniques are introduced for the modern JOLllI.ng method~ 01:

iu~~o~as~'erding Pbrazing and soldering. The metallur~ical chan~e~ whLchh accom~~ny th~se '~)ining pr~cesses are discussed. J:lowever. the -:nam e-:np~asls ~S?~ t e arc we Ing of ste!ls. Nondestructive testing techllLques and then apphcatLons arc Introduced.

Text Lancaster. J. F. The /l4etallurgy ol Welding. Bra=ing and SoldnillX

( Elsevier)

113375 Met375 Industrial Metallurgy 2 units

Prerequi.~ite.~ Met241. Mct251. Met271

Introduction to thc mctallurgy and properties of the common ~etals: alloys. and I ers of industrial significance. Models of metal fractu~e: ductile. bn.ttle. fatigue.

~~:: Castings and ingots. c~sting theory:, ~acro.segregatLOn patterns. mnuence on properties and welding. Matenal and process selection.

Text Rollason. E. C. Metal/urg .. for I::nxilleer.\

113391 Met39t Physical Metallurgy Laborator)'

Prerequi.\·ites Met241. Met251. Met27 Land Met281

The practices of optical. X-ray and electron metallographY and the physical testing of metal components.

113392 Met392

Prerequi.\-jtes

Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory

Met214 and Met261 OR

2 units

mechanical and

2 units

All of ChE261. ChE272. Chemistry IIC and Met261

Experimental work in chemical and electrochemi:al equili?ria and kinetics. Transport processes. Pyrometailurgical and hydrometallurglcal expenments.

113367 Met392S Furnace Heat Balance t unit

Prerequisites Met214 or ChE261 and ChE272

Cuntent . . b I A one~unit segment of Met392 comprisingthe ~ractical determmatlOn of the he.at ~ ance on a gas fired reheating furnace and the comparISon of the measurement and estimatIOn of billet reheating within the furnace.

114405 Met401 Directed Reading

Topics to be arranged.

114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar

Topics in the general area of metallurgy and materials.

114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations


132

2 units

t unit

1 unit

114414 Met414 Theor} of Metallurgical Processes III 3 units Prl'Yeqllisilt, MetJ 15

Hcterogenenu~ equilibria. Gas condensed pha!>e equilibric in multicomponent systems, Application~ to extraction processes. Heat transfer. Modelling of casting and ~olidification. welding. heat-treatment. fabrication and pyro~metallurgical nuid mechanics. Gas-liquid contacting in pyro-metallurgy. Melting of packed beds. Metallurgical rate processc~. Metallurgical rt'actor analysis.

Text

Szekely. J. fluid Flul!' Phenomena in :\1nats Pyo('es.\·im: (Academic Press 1979)

114454 Mef451 Structure of Real ('rystals I unit

Prl'Y{'qlli.~ite.~ MetJ55

The interaction of X-rays. neutrons and electrons with the crystal lattice. Imaging of crystal defects. Effects on the diffraction pattern of modulated and faulted structures. Order-disorder and martensite transformations.

114452 Mel452 Physical Metallurgy

Prerequisite MetJ55 I unit

Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and microstructure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.

114453 Met453 Metallography I unit Metallography of phase transformations in metals, Recrustallisation. grain boundaries and interfaces.

114481 Met481 Dislocation Theory J unit

Prerequi.\'ite MetJ55

Advanced topics on the structure. interactions and movements of dislocations. Applications to plastic deformation. fracture. transformations and strengthening.

114482 Met482 Metal Physics unit Prerequisilt, Met355

Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: neutron diffraction methods. diffraction theory. lattice vibrations. nuclear reactor materials. magnetic and electrical materials. superconductors.

114490 Met490 Design Project 2 units

Prerequisites Met314. ChE361

Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for metal or raw material production. including man and energy balances. preparation of process flow diagrams. and the detailed design of one or more items of equipment. or equivalent. In addition to the report. students are required to take a two-day design paper or equivalent.

114483 Met491 Laboratory Project


115521 Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics

Prerequi.~ite MetJI4

2 units

1 unit

Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Configurational models of alloys and slags. Vibrational. electronic and magnetic contributions to the partition function. Towards an understanding of phase equilibria.

I

115531 Met531 Heat Transfer 1 unit

Prerequ/.Iite Met3l4

Heat transfer modelling in casting and solidification, welding, pyro-metallurgical reaction systems, heat treatment and fabrication systems.

115532 Met532 Fluid Mechanics I unit

Prerequisite Met3l4

Topics treated will include: The teeming system geometry for continuous or .b~tch .ingot product.ion. Th: so.lidifying interface with various morphologies. The impmlng Jet geometry m ga~-hqUld metal contacting in pyro-metallurgy. Melting packed beds.

115533 Met533 Metallurgical Rate Processes t unit

Prerequisite Met3l4

Single particle reaction systems in pyrometailurgy. Solid particle-gas-slag systems, liquid metal drop-gas-slag systems, liquid metal drop-gas systems. Heterogenous reaclion kinetics, Fe-C-O reaction in a steelmaking environment.

115551 Met55t Electron Metallography 1 unit

Prerequisite Met355

The interaction of electrons with crystalline materials and the development of image contrast. Characterisation of structural defects.

115552 Met552 Physical Metallurgy 1 unil

Prerequi.l"ires Met353. Met355

Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and microstructure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.

115553 Mel553 Metallography 1 unit

Prerequi.Iite.\· Met353, Met355

Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrystallisation, grain boundaries and interfaces.

115561 Met561 Extraction Metallurgy 1 unit

Prerequisite Met314

Study in depth of selected topics in the current technology of extraction metallurgy from the field of: hydrometallurgy, pyrometallurgy and electrometallurgy.

115581 Met581 Dislocation Theory I unit

Prerequisite Met355

Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movement of dislocations. Applications to plastic deformation, fracture, transformations and strengthening.

115582 Met582 Metal Physics I unit

Prerequisite Met355

Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: Neutron diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations, nuclear reactor materials, magnetic and electrical materials, superconductors, etc.

521110 SVIII Surveying I

Part A (Surveying)

Surveying Subjects

4 units

Classes ~)f ~uf\e>'~ nature, causes. and classes of errors - elementary error prop.agatlOn linear measurcmenl With .tapes. ordinary differential levelling. angle measur~ment. plane table. tachemctry optical square. Abney level. Indian clinometer, magnetic compass.

Field notes line ranging. chain surveys traversing and traverse calculations _ plane triangulation contour surwys plane table surveying.

Route Surveys . areas and volumes -- horilOntal (circular and transition) and vertical curves.

History of surveying and surveying instruments.

Part 8 (Survey draughting)

Plan draughting for cadastra.l and engineering surveys. Surveydraughting equipment and o~fice procedure~. Introduction to Acts of the N.S. W. Parliament. and Regulations. that alfect the surveylllg profession and survey draughting practice in particular. Text

Bannister. A. & Raymond. S.

Surw'yinK 4th edn (Pitman 1977)

521111 SVI2I Suney Camp I

Coreqlli.l·ite

Duration SVIII Surveying I (B.Surv. students only)

5 days

Extensive con.tour a?d detail survey. including horizontal and vertical control by traver~c and dlffere~tlallevelling _. plane tabling -- stadia. A small engineering survey. Associated calculatIOns and plans.

522411 SV213 Surveying II 3 units Prereqlli.~ite SV III Surveying I

Corequi.\·ire SV233 Survey Computations 11

Part A (Surveying)

Precise levelling. ba~ometric levelling, trigonometrical levelling, reciprocal levelling. Underground surveymg. Plane triangUlation with single second theodolites. Part 8 (Optics)

R~nection and refr~cti~n at pl~ne and curved su~faces. Prisms. thin lenses and spherical ~llIrrors. ~ns c<?mbmatJons. thick. lenses. Aberrations, parabolic reflectors. Optical trains III s~rveymg IOstruments, optical compensators, optical plumbing. Collimation techmques. Lasers and holography.

Texis Bannister. A, &

Raymond. S. Clark. D.

Surveying 4th edn (Pitman 1977)

Plane and Geodetic Surveying .li.)r Engineers Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)

134 1~

522405 SV222 Survey Camp II

Prerequisile SVI21 Survey Camp I

Curequ;sile SV212 Surveying II

/Juraliun 5 days

Extensive engineering survey -- control by plane triangulation and traversing -setting out road centreline, including transition and circular curves - calculation of grades and earthworks quantities. and associated drawings.

522407 SV232 Survey Computations I

Prerequi.\ite Mathematics I

This course is concerned with computer programming, with particular emphasis on programming style. The use of terminals. files and editing techniques will be covered. Also some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming. These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation and integration.

Texi Browne, L. W. B. A Fortran Primer

522409 SV233 Survey Computations II 1 unit

Plane trigonometrical formulae -- calculation of triangles, areas, roadways, subdivisions. Use of calculators. Traverse computations. including offsets and missing data problems. Areas from co-ordinates~ Transformations, resections and intersections - mathematical and semi-graphic. Spherical trigonometry - applications to survey problems.

522410 SV271 Basic Regional and Urban Economics 2 units

Prerequisile Economics I

Applications of economics analysis to sub-national areas. Regional accounts -descriptions of regional economies - regional income determination and growth -impact of growth on regional economic structure - regional effects of national policy-design of regional policy under constraints of national objectives and regional structure. Selected case studies, stressing cross-country comparisons. Broad survey of economic issues within the urban or metropolitan environment -relation of cities to national and regional economy - interrelation of cities - central place theory and location analysis - housing and land use theory - urban economic development and growth - urban analysis, sociology and planning - public policy and welfare.

Text Richardson, H. W. Regional Economics (Weidenfeld & Nicolson 1969)

432300 SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies 1 unit

Prerequisite Nil

The Australian constitution and legal system - legal research and writing - areas of law - legal concepts and terminology - statute law - case law.

432301 SV292 Property and Survey Law 1 unit

Prerequisite SV291

The notion of property - classifications of property -- estates in land - interests in land - systems of title to land - dealing with land - statutory control of land use. with particular reference to the Local Government Act 1919 (N.S.W.). The regulation and legal liability of surveyors - survey investigations and searches.

136

TexIs Hallman. F.

Willis

Legal A.\pecl.\· o/" Boundary Suneyil1K ax applr in ,Veil· SoU/h WaleJ (lnst. of Surveyors Aust.· 1973)

Nutes 011 Sur\'ey IlIl'e.I'tigatiom (N.S.W. Govt. Printer)

523305 SV313 Surveying III 2 units Prerequisites Physics lB. SV2l2 or SV213

C()requi.~ile.~ SV334. SV351

Revision. ~f DC an~ AC circuits - transformers. vacuum tubes, semi-conductor devices - ampit.flers, osctllators. transducers - wave-shaping - logic circuits. scalers __ _

propagation of el~ct~omagnetic waves --. m?dulation and heterodyning - phase measurement - pnnclple~ of Electromag~etlc Distance Measurement (EDM) study of EDM sy~tem.s - corrections to EDM distances -- electronic angle measurement and total statIOn Instruments. Includes IO-.day survey camp. Texl Burnside. C. D. EleclrumaKnelic Di.I'latu·e Mea.l·uremellf 2nd edn

(Granada 1982)

523310 SV314 Hydrographic Surveying

Corequisite (26 hours of lectures, plus field excursions)

SV213 Surveying II SV313 Surveying III

I unit

Tid~l. theo.r~ and tide gauging. Sounding - lead-line, sounding machine. echo-sounder. PosItI?n flxmg afloat.- ranging, ~ngle methods. electromagnetic methods (hyperbolic and .clrcular). acoustIc beacons, Integrated systems. Wire sweeps, side-scan sonar. multlbeam sounders, sub-bottom profiling. Bathymetric data processing. Texl

Ingham, A. E. Hydrography/or Ihe Surveyor and f:nKineer (Granada 1974)

523325 SV334 Survey Computations III I unit Prerequisite SV23 I or SV233

Revisio~ and extension of error theory - adjustment by least squares - error ellipse calculations.

523328 SV351 Geodesy I 2 units Prerequisites SV212 or SV213, SV231 or both SV232 and SV233

Corequisites SV313. SV334

Hist.orical deve!opment of geod~sy - e.llipsoid and geoid, geodetic reference systems _ outl.me of phYSical geo~esy - dlf~erentlal geometry - geometry of the ellipsoid. normal sectlO~s a~d the geodesl~ -.sphencal excess, Legendre's Theorem - polars and joins on the. elhpsOid --. Map projectIOn theory. ~ransverse Me~cator projection, Australian Map Gr.ld. N.S. W .. Integrated Surveys Gnd - geodetic surveys (horizontal control) adjustment of figures and networks by Condition Equations. •

523329 SV361 Photogrammetry I 2 units Stereoscopic vision - ~eometry. of si."gle aerial. phot.ograph - stereoscopic pairs _ fundamenta! mat~ematl.cal relatIOnships - radial tnangulation. Inner, relative and absolut~ Orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras. physical properties of photographs.

137

Texl Wolf. P. R.

or Elel1lellls (d' Phulograml1lelr.L" (McGraw-Hill 1974)

Morfit. F. H. & MikhaiL E. M.

PhOloRral1ll1lf'lr.r 3rd edn (Harper & Row 1980)

433301 SV393 Land Boundary Definition

Prerequisill'.\ SV291. SV292

I unit

Cadastral surveys in New South Wales. Surveying practice law. Torrens and Common Law title surveys and searches. Identification surveys. Field records and plans.

Texl.\" Hallman. F. M.

Willis. R. W.

[..eRal ASpe(·I.I (~f Boulldary Surveyillg as al'I'/.1" ill Nell" South Wale.\· (Ins1. of Surveyors N.S.W. 1973)

NOle.l· 011 Surl'er IIII'e.Iligalions (N.S.W. Registrar General's Office)

524124 SV416 Surveying IV 2 units

Prerequi.\"ire.\" SV313. SV334

Review of statistics and error analysis. Analysis of field procedures and design of surveys. Mechanical principles of instrument design. optical tooling in industry. pointing accuracy theory. Construction project surveys establishing control net. monitoring construction. Dam deformation surveys. Tunnel surveying. gyrotheodolite. bridge surveys. Survey control for subdivision projects. Integration surveys.

Texi Riehardus. P.

524143 SV441 Astronomy

Projeci SUfI'eying (North Holland)

Prerequi.\·ile SV231 or SV233

2 unils

The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle - definitions. conventions and time. Latitude by circum-meridian methods. Longitude by ex-meridian methods. Azimuth by circumelongation. circumpolar and sun observations. Position line methods.

Texl.\· Bennett. G. G. &

Freislich. J. G. Mackie. J. B.

524128 SV452 Geodesy II

Field A.I"/ronOlllr for Survf'I'on (U.N.S.W.P. 1979) . . .

A.I·tronomyfor Sun'eror.\" 8th end (Griffin 1978)

Prerequisite SV332 or SV334. SV351

1 unit

Least squares adjustment of control surveys: variance/covariance matrix. variance factor and weight coefficient matrix, elementary statistical testing of observations and adjusted values. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid. astro-geodetic levelling, ellipsoidal elevations. mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use in geodesy. methods for establishing a world geodetic system. Precise levelling.

Text Torge. W. Mikhail. E. M.

Geodesy (De Gruyter) Observation.\" and [..east Squares (lEP)

524130 SV462 Photogrammetry II 1 unit

Prerequisite SV361

Photogrammetric orientation. Design principles and practical application of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and project planning - aerial mapping - aerial triangulation of strips'

U8

Text Wolf. P. R. Elemeflls (!l Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hili 1974)

524140 SV465 Advanced Cartography 1 unit

Prerequisite SV361

Cadastral systems. Land information systems. Evolution of the N.S.W. cadastre. Mapping _. methods of preparing and reproducing line maps and other map products. Principles of automatic cartographic procedures, review of equipment. examples of automated mapping.

Text

Sun'e.\' Inji)rt1wlioll DireclOrr (Institution of Surveyors N.S. W. published annually)

524135 SV472 Land Valuation 1 unit

General principles of urban and rural land valuation unimproved and improved capital values valuation of leasehold and freehold land _. subdivisional value of land - valuation of buildings relevant Acts and Regulations N.S.W. Land and Valuation Court proceedings and decisions.

Text.l· Hornby, D. Murray. J. F. N.

Apprai.~al One (lolyon 1976) Prillciples & Practice rd' /..(md Valuatioll

(Commonwealth Inst. of Valuers 1974)

524136 SV473 Town Planning 2 units

Review of historical planning concepts. Modern approaches to town planning including legal aspects. Pmctical considerations in subdivision design. Environmental impact considerations.

Text As for SV213

524141 SV475 Survey Management and Planning 1 unit

Prerequisite Nil

Personnel in the survey office - private practice and public authority. Field note systems - statutory requirements. functions, formats. Office record systems - functions and organization. Time costing systems. Place of the computer. Surveyor's rights. powers and duties. Professional ethics. Project planning - preliminary assessment, environmental impact. contour and surround surveys, geotechnical investigation, preliminary layout, submission to Council. Final layout and engineering design. Construction and final approval.

524133 SV481 Project

Prerequisites & Corequisites

EITHER

2 units

According to the nature of the topic

A minor research project involving a literature review and/or analytical and/or experimental investigation. OR

A land studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for a specified purpose, investigation of title, zoning, site survey, environmental impact study, design for development.

524142 SV582 Project 2 units

See Head of Department for details. 139

•

PART n, Sll8JECTS OFfERED 8Y DEPARTMENTS OllTSIDE THE

FACl:LTY OF ENGINEERING

rhe subject descriptions sel out below include subjects offered by Departments outside those comprising the Faculty of Engineering. which arc core subjCCb or commonly taken elcctive subjects. An index to these descriptions is shown below.

It should be noted that the list of subjects whose descriptions appear below is not exhaustive. Electives may be chosen from a number of other subjects whose descriptions are not included. For descriptions of such subjects students should consult the relevant Faculty Handbook. To assist students in choosing electives a list of subjects is included after the index below showing the Department responsible for the subject and the unit value of the subject.

Suhjec( Chemistry I Chemistry IS Chemistry IIC

INDEX TO SUBJECT Dt'SCRIPTIONS

EM2A Mathematical Models EM2B Complex Analysis EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential ElJ.uations EM2D Linear Algebra EM2E Topic in Applied Mathematics EM2F Numerical Analysis and Computing EM2H Probability and Statistics EM21 Applied Statistics EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics EM2L Analysis in Metric Spaces Economics I Geography liB Mathematics I Mathematics IIA Mathematics liB Ph221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Philosophy I Philosophy ID Philosophy IE Philosophy IF Physics IA Physics IB

PaKe 141 142 142 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 143 144 145 146 147 157 153 156 156 156 156 156

As pointed out above the following list is included to assist students in choosing elective subjects from subjects offered by Departments outside the Faculty of Engineering . The subjects are arranged in alphabetical order showing the Department responsible for each subject and the unit value of the subject. The descriptions of these subjects can be found in the relevant Faculty Handbook.

140

SUBJECT DEPARTMENT UNIT

VALUE

Accounting I Commerce 4 Biology I Biological Sciences 4 Commercial Programming Commerce Data Structures & Programming (CS) Mathematics Economics II Economics 4 English I English 4 Geography I Geography 4 Geology I Geology 4 History I History 4 Industrial law Legal Studies 4 Industrial Relations II Economics 4 Labour Economics Economics 4 Legal Studies I Legal Studies 4 Mathematics lIC Mathematics 4 Mathematics lIlA Mathematics 8 Mathematics IlIB Mathematics 8 Organisational Behaviour Commerce 4 Physics II Physics 4 Physics iliA Physics 8 Programming & Algorithms (CS) Mathematics I Psychology I Psychology 4 Sociology I Sociology 4 Statistics III Mathematics 8 Systems Analysis & Design Commerce 2 Theories of Organisation Commerce 4

DEPA RTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

721100 Chemistry I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

Content

4 units

Nil

About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours of tutorial and laboratory classes per week.

A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER: (i) by achieving an over~all satisfactory performance in

the progressive examinations; OR (ii) by achieving satisfactory performance in the final 3 hour

examination scheduled in the November examination period. Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be credited with the higher of the two results. The laboratory mark counts 10% towards the final grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.

Inorganic Chemistry (30 lectures) Revision of basic concepts; periodic properties of the elements and their compounds; bonding and structure.

Organic Chemistry (30 lectures) Historical development. The shapes, structures and names of organic compounds; reactions of common functional groups; synthesis, differentiation and structural elucidation of organic compounds.

141

Physical Chemistry (30 lectures) Chemical equilibria; thermodynamics; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics.

Texts Aylward. G. H. &

Findlay, T. J. V. Brown, T. L &

leMay, H. E. Hart, H. &

Schuetz, R. D.

S.I. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)

Chemis/r)' - The Central Science 2nd edn (PrenticeHall 1977)

Organic Chemistry 5th edn (Houghton Mifflin 1978)

721900 Chemistry IS 2 units (for Civil, Computer, Electrical, Industrial & Mechanical Engineering Students)

Prerequisite.\· Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

About 2 lecture hours & 1 hour of tutorials, computational classes & student participation per week

A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER: (i) by achieving an overall satisfactory performance in the

three I hour examinations held at the end of each term; OR

(ii) by achieving performance in a 3 hour paper on the whole year's work, held in the November examination period. Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be credited with the higher of the two results.

The course deals primarily with material and energy resources. One term is devoted to structures. properties and behaviour of inorganic materials, minerals and metals. One term is devoted to chemical energetics and to chemical and physical equilibria. One term is devoted to organic chemistry with special reference to petrochemicals, polymers, fuels and lubricants. In all three terms tutorials designed to support the lecture are held.

Texts Aylward. G. H. &

Findlay, T. J. V. Breck, W. G. et al.

Steedman, W. et al.

722400 Chemistry IIC

Prerequisite

PreparalOry Subjects

Hours

Examination

S.I. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)

Chemistry: for Science and Engineering (McGraw-Hili 1982)

Chemistry for the Applied Sciences (Pergamon 1970)

4 units

Chemistry I

Mathematics I and either Physics IA or IB

About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours tutorial and laboratory classes per week.

The subject is examined progressively with seven hours of examinations distributed throughout the year. The laboratory mark counts 20% towards the final grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.

142

Content Analytical Chemistry Basic principles; spectroscopic procedures; separation methods.

Inorganic Chemistry Symmetry and structure; main group metal chemistry; types of coordination complexes; structure elucidation; transition metal chemistry.

Dynamics Kinetics; chemical affinity; electrochemical cells.

Organic Chemistry Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry.

Thermodynamics. Basic laws, and applications to ideal and non-ideal systems.

TexIS Atkins. P. W. Cotton, F. A. &

Wilkinson, G. OR

Pine, S. H .. Hendrickson, J. B., Cram, D. J. & Hammond, G. S.

Shoemaker, D. P. & Garland, C. W.

Pecsok, R. L., Shields. L. D., Cairns, T. & McWilliams, I. G.

Physical Chemistry (Oxford 1978) &lsie Inorganic Chemistry (Wiley 1976)

Organic Chemistry 4th edn (McGraw-Hili 1980)

Experiments in Phl'sical Chemis!r)' 2nd edn (McGraw-Hili 1976) .

Modern Methods of Chemical Ana/)'sis 2nd edn (J. Wiley & Sons (Sydney) 1976)'

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

421100 Economics I

Prerequisite:.;

Hours

Examination

Content

4 units

Nil

3 lecture hours per week and fortnightly tutorials

One 2-hour paper during mid-year examination period. a three hour final examination and progressive assessment, including regular quizzes.

This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of economics. While emphasis throughout the course is on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic science, the concepts developed afford significant insights into contemporary problems. The theoretical concepts developed will be used to discuss such important questions as: Is it true that unemployment cannot be reduced without increasing inflation? What is a "credit squeeze'"? How much does Australian tariff policy cost Australians? Is there really an energy crisis? Can environmental degradation be eliminated? What are the reasons for poverty in Australia? What are the major causes of poverty in the Third World? The first few lectures are designed to introduce the student to the nature of scientific inquiry in economics and to some of the tools of the economist. The notion that economics is only concerned with business decision-making will be quickly dispelled. This is followed by a series of lectures concerning income determination for the economy as a whole. The basic Keynesian theory is considered and is compared with the monetarist approach. Various theories of business cycles are reviewed and the roles of monetary and fiscal policy in stabilizing economic activity are considered. The causes and consequences of inflation are examined.

143

Next attention will be directed to the principles of microeconomics and some of their applications. (n microeconomics attention is focused on how the prices of products and productive factor (including labour) are determined and how this determination is governed by the degree of competition in the market. The final section of the course introduces international trade theory and its Australian applications; as well, the problems of Third World countries will be investigated. With regard to trade theory we will look at such questions as: Why do countries specialise in certain products? Why do countries erect trade barriers such as quotas and tariffs? How are exchange rates determined? What institutions are responsible for facilitating international trade? With regard to Third World countries we willlook at such questions as: What is the meaning of development? What are the major causes of poverty in the Third World? Are there solutions to that poverty?

Texl Jackson, J. &

McConnell, C. R.

References Gwartney, J. O. &

Stroup, R. Leftwich, R. H.

Lipsey, R. Martin, J.

Tisdell, C.

Samuelson, P. et al.

Economics: Auslralian F.dition (McGraw-Hil1 1980)

& .. onomic.~: Private and Public Choice (Academic Press 1980)

The Price SI'stem and &source Allocation 7th edn (Holt, Rinehart 1979)

Po.~itive Economics 5th edn (Weidenfeld & Nicholson) The Management of the Australian Economl'

(University of Queensland Press 1979) . Economics of Markets: An Introduction to Economics

Ana(l'sis (Wiley 1974) Economic.~ 3rd Australian edn (McGraw-Hill)

Notes will be distributed on topics not covered by the above texts.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY

352200 Geography liB: Physical Geography (For B.Surv. students)

4 Wlits

Hours

Examination

Content

5 hours oflectures/ practicals/ tutorials and up to six days of fieldwork

To be advised

A study of man's physical environment. In 1984 themes will be established round the following specific fields of interest: Geomorphology (Dr. R. J. Loughran) An introduction to the study of landforms, including some basic geology, weathering, soils, mass movement, river processes and valley formation, landforms of arid and cold climatic zones, coastal geomorphology.and applied and climatic geomorphology. Climatology (Dr. H. A. Bridgman. Dr. G. N. Mcintyre) An introduction to the study on a synoptic and meso-climatic scale including radiation and heat budgets; thermodynamics; precipitation processes; climates of the world; climatic change; agricultural climatology; applied climatology. Biogeography (Dr. J. C. Turner) An introduction to biogeography. Definitions and scope of the subject will be examined and its inter-disciplinary nature emphasized. Ways of describing and analysing the geographical ranges of organisms will be explored. Texts Attenborough. D. Kellman, M. C. Trewartha, G. T. &

Horn. L. H.

life on Earth (Fontana paperback 1981) Plant Geography 2nd edn (Methuen paperback 1980) An introduction to climate 5th edn

(McGraw-Hili 1980) 144

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

661100 Mathematics I

Prerequisites

Hours

Examination

COlllent Topics AL - Algebra

AN - Real Analysis CA - Calculus

4 units Nil

4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week

Two 3-hour papers

SC - Statistics and Computing

Algebra (Topic AL)

Prerequisites

Hours

Contem

Part I Topics

Nil

I lecture hour & Y2 tutorial per week

Intro~uction to basic algebraic objects and ideas. Induction, Binomial Theorem Matrices. Solution of systems of linear equations. Vector geometry in two and three dimensions. Vector s~aces •. basis and dimension, subs paces. Linear maps, matrix representation, rank and nullity. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Determinants. Applications are illustrated throughout the course.

Text Anton, H.

References Brisiey, W. Kolman. B. Liebeck. H. Lipschutz, S.

Real Analysis (Topic AN)

Prerequisiles

Hours

Contenl

Elememary linear Algebra 3rd edn (Wiley 1981)

A Basis for linear Algebra (Wiley 1973) Elementary linear Algebra (Macmillan 1977) Algebra for Scientists and Engineers (Wiley 1971) Linear Algebra (Schaum 1968)

Nil

I lecture hour & lh tutorial hour per week

Real Numbers. Sequences and series. Functions of one real variable. continuity. differentiability, integrability. Power series. Taylor Series.

Text Nil

References Apostol. T. Spivak. M. Stein, S. K.

Calculus (Topic CAl

Prerequisites

Hours

Calculus Vol. I 2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967) Calculus (Benjamin 1967) Calculus and Ana/)'Ii!' Geomelr)' 3rd edn

.(McGraw-Hili 1982) .

Nil

I lecture hour & lh tutorial hour per week

145

Callinll

Revision of differentiation and integration of polynomials and t~igonom:tric I:unct~on~. Differentiation of rational function~ and of implicit and parametncallydehned functIOns. Definition and properties of logarithmic, exp(~nel~tial and h.yperbolic funct.tom. ~'on~plcx numbers. Integration by parts and by substltulton tel·hnt4ues. IntegratIon 01 rat~onal functions. First order separable and linear dilfercntial c4Uatio?s. Sc~ond order Imcar differential eljuations with constant cocfficients. Simple three-dImensIOnal geometry of cunes and surfaces. Partial differentiation. rangenc). Complex numbers.

Texl Stein, S. K.

Re/i'rl'nces Avres. F. Edwards, C. H. &

Penney. D. E.

CuleulllS al/(I Allal.l"licul (i{'olllt'trr 3rd edn (McGrawHill 19X2)

Calcullls (Schaum 1974) C alclllu., al/(I Allah-tical GI!/JIHl'lrr

(prentice-Hall 1982)

Statistics and Computing (Topic S{,)

Prerequi.~ile.\·

Houn

COlllelli

Nil

I lecture hour & V~ tutorial hour per week

Introduction to computers. Programming in PASe A L. Calculating the lero~. of functions. Numerical integration. Descriptive statistics, mean and v.ariance: ProbabIlity. Binomial. Normal and t distributions. StatistIcal inference: conftdence IOtervals and hypothesis testing. . A retjuirement is the writing of successful computer programmes to solve problem~ III statistical and numerical analysis.

Text

Reference.,· Conte. S. D. &

de Boor. C. Hine. J. &

Wetherill. G. B. Hoe!. P. G. Huntsberger. D. V. &

Billingsley. P. Koffman. E. B.

662100 Mathematics IlA

PrerequL"ile

Hour.\"

Emmination

Content

Sta/is/iml Tahles (University 01 Newcastle)

Ell!IHentary Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hili 1972)

A Programmed Text in Sta/is/ic.~ Vols 1,2. 3 (Chapman & Hall 1975) .

Imroduction /0 Malhemalil.llIStalisric.~ (Wiley 1971) Element.\' of Stali."/ical InOuena

(Allyn &. Bacon 1981)' Prohlem So/l'illg and S/ructural Programming

in PASCAL (Addison-Wesley 1981)

Mathematics I


Each topic is examined separately

4 units

Topics B. CO and D. In exceptional circumstances and I\"it~ ~he consem. C!f.the Head (?t' Department, one other topic may be substituted for B. Add.1l10nal substttL!tlOns may be allowed in the case of candidates who have passed the subject Mathematics liB.

146

662200 Mathematics lIB

Prerequisite

Houn

E.'(amination

Content

Mathematics I


Each topic is examined separately

Four topics chosen from A to H. where CO counts as two topics. and approved hI' the Head of Departmem. In exceptional circumstances, and with the consent of the He~d of Department. one or more of the topics SP, I. K or L may be included. . .

Part II Topics

662101 Topic A - Mathematical Models

Prerequisite or Topic CO Corequisile

Hours

Examination

Coment

I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight

One 2~hour paper

This topic is designed to introduce students to the idea of a mathematical model. Four or five realistic situations will be treated beginning with an analysis of the non--:nathematical origin of the problem. the formulation of the mathematical model, solutIOn of the mathematical problem and interpretation of the theoretical results. Text Nil

Referenc'es Andrews, J. G. &

Clone. R. R. Bender. E. A.

Boyce. W. E. (cd.)

Dym, C. L & Ivey. E. S.

Haberan, R. Kemeny. J. G. &

Snell, J. L. Noble. B.

Smith. J. M.

Mathematical Modelling (Butterworth 1976)

An Introduction IU Mathematical Modelling (Wiley 1978)

Case Studies in Mathematical Modelling (Pitman 1981)

Principles of Mathematical Modelling (Academic Pro 1980)

Mathematical Models (Prentice-Hall 1977) Mathematical Model.5 in Social Sciences (Blaisdell

1963) Applications of Undergraduate Mathematics in

Engineering (M. A.A.I Collier-Macmillan 1967) Mathematical Ideas in Biology (Cambridge 1971)

662102 Topic B - Complex Analysis

Prerequisite or Corequisile

Hours

Examination

Content

Topic CO


One 2-hour paper

Complex numbers. Cartesian and polar forms, geometry of the complex plane. solutions of polynomial equations. Complex functions. mapping theory. limits and continuity. Differentiation, the Cauch-Riemann Theorem. Elementary functions. exponential, logarithmic. trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. Integration. the Cauchy-Goursat Theorem, Cauchy's integral formulae.

147

Liouville's Theorem and the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra. Taylor and Laurent series, analytic continuation. Residue theory, evaluation of some real integrals and scrie~, the Argument Principle and Rouche's Theorem. Conformal mapping and applications.

TexIs Churchill, R. V.,

Brown, J. W. & Yerkey, R. F.

References Grove, E. A. &

Ladas, G. Kreysig, E. Levinson, N. &

Redhefter, R. M. O'Neill, P. V.

Spiegel, M. R.

Tall. D. O.

Complex Variahles and Applications (McGraw-Hili 1974)

Introduction to Complex Variables (Houghton Mifflin 1974)

Advanced Engineering Mathemalics (Wiley 1979) Complex Variables (Holden-Day 1970)

Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wadsworth 1983)

Theory and Problems of Complex Variables (McGraw-Hill 1964)

Functions of a Complex Variable 1 and II (Routledge and Kegan Paul 1970)

662109 Topic CO - Vector Calculus & Differential Equations

Prerequisites Nil

Hours

Examination

Content

2 lecture hours per week and I tutorial hour per week

One 3-hour paper

Differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables: partial derivati~es, chain rule, Jacobians, multiple integrals, Green's, Gauss' and Stokes' theorems, gradient divergence and curl. Taylor's polynomial; Fourier series. First and second order linear differential equations: general solution, initial and boundary value problems, solution by Laplace transform. A little on Sturm-Liouville systems if time permits. Second order linear partial differential equations: Laplace, Wave and Diffusion equations.

Text Either Kreyszig, E.

or Greenberg, M. D.

References Amazigo, J. G. &

Rubenfeld, L. A.

Boyce, W. E. & Di Prima, R. C.

Advanced Engineering Mathematics 4th edn (paperback) (Wiley 1979) (4th edn is preferable but 3rd edn will suffice)

Foundations of Applied Mathematics (Prentice-Hall 1978)

Advanced Calculus and its Applications 10 the Engineering and Physical Sciences (Wiley 1980)

Elementary D!fferential Equations and Boundary Value Problems (Wiley 1969)

148

Churchill, R. V. & Brown, J. W.

Courant, R. Edwards, C. H. &

Penney, D. E. Greenspan, H. D. &

Benney, D. J. O'Neill, P. V. Powers, D. L. Spiegel. M. R.

Spiegel, M. R.

Stein, S. K.

Stephenson, G.

Fourier Serie.\· and Boundan' Vallie Prohlems (McGraw-Hill i978)

Differential and Integral Ca/culus Vol. II (Wiley 1968) Cakulu.\· and Anall'lical Geometrr

(Prentice-Hall 1982) Cakulus - an ImrodUCIion to Applied Malhemalics

(McGraw-Hili 1973) Adl'anced tngineering Mathematics (Wadsworth 1983) Boundary Value Problems (Academic 1972) Theon' and Problems of Advanced Calculus

(Schaum 1974) Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis

(Schaum 1959) Calt'ulus and Anah,tical Geometrr 3rd edn

(McGraw-Hill 1982) . An Introductiull to Partial D(rferential Equaliom for

Science Sflldems 2nd edn (Longman 1974)

An extended list of references will be available to students enrolling in the topic.

662104 Topic D - Linear Algebra

Prerequisiles

Hours

Examination

Contelll

Nil

I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight One 2-hour paper

First semester: A brief review of some material in the algebra section of Mathematics I. Linear maps, matrix representations. Diagonalisation, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Inner product spaces, orthogonalisation. Orthogonal, unitary, hermitian and normal matrices. Difference equations. Quadratic forms. Linear programming. Second semester: Spectral theorem. Characteristic and minimum polynomials. CayleyHamilton theorem. Duality. Jordan form, Some Euclidean geometry, isometrics. Threedimensional rotations.

Text Lipschutz, S.

ReferenC'es Anton, H, Bloom, D. M.

Brisley, W. Nering, E. D. Reza. F. Rorres, C. &

Anton, H.

Linear Algebra (Schaum 1974)

Elementary linear Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1977) Linear Algebra and Geometry (Cambridge Uni. Press

1979) A Basis/or linear Algebra (Wiley 1973) Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory (Wiley 1964) Linear Spaces in Engineering (Ginn 1971) Applications of Linear Algebra (Wiley 1977 or

2nd edn 1979)

662201 Topic E - Topic in Applied Mathematics e.g. Mechanics and Potential Theory

Prerequisite or Topic CO Corequisite

Hours

Examination


One 2-hour paper

149

Content Summary of vector algebra. Velocity and accelerations. Kinematics of a particle. Newton's Law of Motion. Damped and forced oscillations. Projectiles. Central forces. Inverse square law. The energy equation. Motion of a particle system. Conservation of linear momentum and of angular momentum. Motion with variable mass. If time permits, three-dimensional motion and Lagrange's equations. An introduction to potential theory will be given.

Text

References Chorlton, F. Goodman. L. E. Marion, J. B. Meirovitch, L.

Nil

Textbook of Drnamics (Van Nostrand 1963) Dl'namics (Blackie 1963) Ciassical Dmamics (Academic 1970) MethodJ oj Analytical Dynamics (McGraw~Hill 1970)

662202 Topic F - Numerical Analysis & Computing

Prerequisite Nil

Hours

Examination

Content


One 2~hour paper

Revision and extension of Fortran programming. Sources of error in computation. Solution of a single nonlinear equation. Interpolation and the Lagrange interpolating polynomial. Finite differences and applications to interpolation. Numerical differentia~ tion and integration including the trapezoidal rule, Simpson's rule and Gaussian integration formulae. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations - Runge~ Kutta and predictor<orrector methods. Numerical solution of linear systems of algebraic equations. Applications of numerical methods to applied mathematics, engineering and the sciences will be made throughout the course.

Texts Nil

References Balfour, A. &

Beveridge, W. T. Carnahan, B. et al. Conte, S. D. &

de Boor, C. Hartree, D. R. Kreitzberg, C. B. &

Shneiderman, B. Ralston, A.

Basic Numerical Analysis with Fortran (Heinemann 1973)

Applied Numerical Methods (Wiley 1969) Elementan Numerical Analrsis 3rd edn (McGraw-

Hill 1972) . Numerical Analysis (Oxford 1958) The Elements of Fortran Style (Harcourt, Brace &

Jovanovich 1972) A First Course in Numerical Analysis (McGraw~Hill

1965)

662104 Topic H - Probability & Statistics

Prerequisite

Hours

Examination

Content

Nil

I lecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per fortnight

One 2~hour paper

This topic is an introduction to the theory of probability and statistics. The lectures will include the following topics. Probability space, basic probability theorems, conditional probability, independence of events. Discrete and continuous random variables, probability functions, distribution function. Expectation, mean, variance, moment generating function. Joint distribution, covariance, correlation, independence. Error propagation. Chebyshev inequality and the weak law of large numbers. Binomial

150

and . Poisson proba.bility distributions. Normal distribution. Classification of expenm.ental data: ~Isto?rams. Random samples, sampling distributions for mean an~ vanan.ce. Statlsu~al l!lference .. hyp.othesis testing, types of error. power functions. POint and I~terva~ estimatIOn. ApplicatIOn of the X1• t. F and normal random variables to hypothesIs test mg.

Text Freund, J. E. &

Walpole. R. E.

Reference,,;

Allendoerfer. C. B. & Oakley. C. O.

Feller. W.

Freund. J. E. Gnedenko. B. V.

Hine. J. & Wetherill, G. B.

Kolmogorov, A. N.

Lipscutz, S. Loevc. M. Mendenhall, W. &

Scheaffer. R. L. Moran, P. A. P.

Mathematiml Slatistin 3rd edn (Prentice~Hall 1980)

Prindples f~r Mathematics Chapter 12 (McGraw~HiIl 1955)

An Introduction to Probahi!iIl' Theon' and its Application!>' Vol. I 3rd edn' (Wiley '1968)

MalhemaliC"aI.Slatistics 2nd edn (Prentice~Hall 1971) The Theory 01 Prohability Chapters 1 & II (Chelsea

1962) A Programmed Text in Statistin Vol. 1 _

Summarising Data; Vol. 2 - Basic Theory; Vol. 3 - The t~test and x2 Goodness of Fit; Vol. 4 - Tests on Variance and Regression (Chapman & Hall 1975)

Foundations of the Theory of Prohabilitl' (Chelsea 1950) .

Theory and Problems of Probability (Schaum 1968) Probability Theory pp. )-18 (Van Nostrand 1960) Mathematical Statistics with Applications (Duxbury

1973) An Introduction 10 Probability Theory (Oxford V.P.

1968)

662301 Topic I - Applied Statistics

Prereqlli.~ite or Coreqlli.\·ite

Hour.\"

Examination

Comem

Topic H


One 2-hour paper

This topic is an introduction to some methods of statistics and Its apphcatlOns. The lectures will Include the followmg tOpICS - Markov chams, regressIOn, correlatIOn. compan~ons of two or mo~e samples, t~tests, one~way analysis of variance. Wherever appropriate. both parametric and non-parametric tests will be considered. Text Freund, J. E. &

Walpole. R. E.

Re.leren(·e.~

Draper. N. R. & Smith. H.

Kemeny, J. G. & Snell, J. L.

Noether, G. E.

Mathematkal Statistic's 3rd edn (Prentice~Hall 1980)

Applied Regre.~sion Analysis (Wiley 1966)

Finite Markov Chains (Van Nostrand 1969)

Introduction to Statistics: A Nonparametric Approaeh 2nd edn (Houghton/Mifflin 1976)

151

662303 Topic K - Topic in Pure Mathematics e.g. Group Theory ~-- R. F. Berghout. M. J. Hayes

Prerequisites

Huurs

Examination

Content

Nil

I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per rortnight

One 2-hour paper

Groups. subgroups. isomorphism. Permutation groups. groups of linear transformations and matrices. isometrics, symmetry groups or regular polygons and polyhedra. Cosets, Lagrange's theorem, normal subgroups, isomorphism theorems, correspondence theorem. Orbits. stabilisers, and their applications to the Burnside-Polya counting procedure and classification of finite groups of isometrics in R~ or R~.

Text Nil

References Budden, F. J. Coxeter, H. S. M. Herstein, I. N. Rotman, J. J.

Weyl, H.

The Fascination of Groups (Cambridge U.P. 1972) Introduction to Geometry (Wiley 1961) Topics in Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1975) The Theory of Gruups: An Introductiun (Allyn &

Bacon 1966) Srmmetry (Princeton U.P. 1952)

662304 Topic L - Analysis of Metric Spaces - J. R. Giles

Prerequisites

Hours

£~aminalion

Content

Nil


One 2-hour paper

Examples of metric spaces and normed vector spaces. Convergence of sequences, continuity of maps. Limit points, closed and open sets. Compactness and application to existence of maxima, uniform continuity and integrability of continuous functions, and continuity of inverse functions. Completeness, contraction maps, Picard's theorem for differential equations. Uniform convergence, differentiation and integration of sequences and series, power series, Abel's limit theorem, Taylor series, Weierstrass approximation theorem. Fourier series, convergence theorems, Gibb's phenomenon.

Text Nil

References Bartle, R. G. Dieudonne, J. Giles, J. R.

Goldberg, R. R. Mendelson, B. Simmons, G. F.

White, A. J.

The elements of real analysis (Wiley 1976) Foundations of Modern Analysis (Academic 1960) Analy.~;s of Metric Spaces (University of Newcastle

1974) Methods of Real Analysis (Ginn Blaisdell 1964) Introduction to Topology (Blackie 1963) Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis

(McGraw-Hili 1963) Real Analysis (Addison-Wesley 1968)

152

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS TOPICS

662105 EM2A Mathematical Models I unit

Content See Topic A.

662106 EM28 Complex Analysis 1 unit Content See Topic B.

Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra I unit 662111 EM2BD

Content Consists of first half year's work in Topic B Complex Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra.

662110 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations

Cuntelll See Topic CO.

662108 EM2D Linear Algebra

Contem See Topic D.

662212 EM2E Topic in Applied Mathematics

Cuntent See Topic E.

662206 EM2F Numerical Analysis and Computing

Contem See Topic F.

662208 EM2H Probability and Statistics

Content See Topic H.

662313 EM21 AppUed Statistics

Content See Topic I.

662307 EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics

Content See Topic K.

662308 EM2L Analysis of Metric Spaces

Content See Topic L.

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY

381100 Philosophy I

Prerequisites Nil

HOUT!i 3 hours per week

2 units

I unit

I unit

1 unit

t unit

1 unit

1 unit

I unit

Emmination Examination is by course work and formal examination. For details. see descriptions below.

Content All students take the c·ore-strand Introduction to Philosophical Problems and two options, one from each of Groups A and B below. Each of the three components is taught for o.ne hour per week throughout the year, with some additional non-compulsory tutOrials.

153

Core-strand 381111 Introduction to Philosophical Problems

Contelll In the first half of this course, the ethical. political and metaphysical questions raised in some of Plato's dialogues will be systematically expounded. In the second half. three varieties of philosophical problems will be discussed: (a) some questions in epistemology, which is the branch of philosophy concerned with such topics as knowledge, belief. certainty. and perception; (b) problems about the relation of body and mind, and personal identity; and (c) problems arising from the use of religious language. Evaluation: two short essays and 2-hour examination.

Texr.~

Plato The La.\·f Dan or Socrafe.\· (Tredennick. (ed.)) (Penguin)' .

Vesey. G. (ed.) Philo.l"Ophy in [he Open (Open V.P.)

Option Group A

Option I: 381114 Political Philosophy

An examination of Plato's early technocratic theory of scientist-kings, Machiavelli's psychology of politics, modern pessimistic and optimistic views of human nature, concern with community and alienation. J. S. Mill's liberalism. Thc second half discusses in some detail Karl Marx's view of the state. law. ideology, the role of economic factors, his theory of alienation and of classless society. Evaluation: either by a voluntary seminar paper or a short essay and by a 2-hour examination in November.

Option 2: 381106 Moral Problems

An introductory examination of some contemporary moral problems. especially' ones concerning the taking and preserving of human life. and a survey of such major moral theories as divine command theory, utilitarianism, and natural law ethics. Evaluation: by assignment and by examination.

Option 3: 381112 Psychoanalysis and Philosophy

A philosophical examination of the dynamic theory of mind proposed by Sigmund Freud. with particular critical reference to his individualism and his social theory.

Option Group B

Option 4: 381108 Knowledge and Explanation

This is a course in how we come to know things. and how we explain them to ourselves and others. What sorts of things do we believe in. and why? What is scientific knowledge and why is it called knowledge? What is the difference between having an opinion on something and knowing it? Has the advent of science, both natural and social. enhanced or diminished our capacity to know and explain? Are there some things that science can neither know nor explain? Evaluation: one brief assignment plus a 2-hour take home examination.

Option 5: 381109 Philosophy of Religion

What. if anything, does religious experience teach us? Is there a God? Are religious beliefs merely subjective or hypothetical? Is religious language essentially symbolic? Can we reconcile the presence of evil in the world with the existence of an all-powerful. all-wise, and perfectly good God? Is death final? How are religion and morality related? Evaluation: short essay and 2-hour examination.

154

Option 6: 381110 Critical Reasoning

This option aims at the development of skills in analyzing. evaluating and advancing arguments. It is not a course in formal logic, of which only minimal use is made. Considerable emphasis is placed on arguments as they naturally occur. and on reasoning as an everyday practice. Evaluation: exercises and class tests.

Option 7: 3811 13 Logic

There are fll'o distinct and separate courses offered for this option. Either (a) elementary traditional logic; an introduction to the forms of facts and the forms of

argument from consideration of the structure and method of science; 0, (b) an introduction to modern symbolic logic.

Text,I' Core-strand

Plato

Vesey. G. (ed.) Option 1 Option 2

Frankena. W. K. Option 3

Freud. S.

Option 4 Chalmers. A.

Option 5 Stewart. D.

Option 6 Shaw. P.

Option 7 Plato

Copi, I. M.

Reference.~

The Last Dars ofSocrales (Tredennick (ed.)) (Penguin)

Philosophy in the Open (Open U.P.) No prescribed text. Notes will be issued.

Ethi('.\· (prentice-Hall)

IntruduclUrl' Lecture.l· in P.H'choana!rsi.\· (Pelican Freud No. I)' .

P\".J'chopatholugy of Everyday Life (Pelican Freud No.5)

Case His/(Jries I ("Dora" and "Little Hans") (Pelican Freud No.8)

Totem and Taboo (Pelican Freud No. 13 or Routledge)

What Is This Thing Called Science? (Queensland V.P.)

Exploring the Philosophy of Religion (Prentice-Hall)

Logi( and its Limits (Pan)

The Last Days (~r Socrates (Penguin) (Traditional Logic)

Symbolic Logic (Collier) (Symbolic Logic)

For references, see The Philosophy Manual (available from the Department of Philosophy).

155

381200

ENGINEERING PHILOSOPHY TOPICS

Philosophy ID 1 unit

Either the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above) or one Philosophy I option.

381201 Philosophy IE 2 units

Either the first or the second half of the corc-strand of Philosophy I (as above) pIll.\" one Philosophy I option.

381202 Philosophy IF 3 units

n,her the first or the second half of the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above) plll.I' two Philosophy I options. The choice of oplion~ is unrestricted.

741200 Physics IA

Prerl'quisile

Houn

Examinatilm

Contefll

DEPA RTMENT OF PHYSICS

4 units

Nil

3 lecture hours & an average of 3 hours of laboratory & tutorial work per week

One paper after the end of each term together with laboratory and tutorial work assessment.

For students who may wish to proceed to Physics II. and for students in the Faculty of Engineering except Civil Engineering. some of whom may be advised to read Physics.lB. A rigorous. mathematically based discipline with emphasis on the unifying principles which link together different areas of the subject. Lectures will cover mechanics. oscillations and waves. electrostatics, current electricity and electromagnetism. thermal physics. goemetrical and physical optics, and quantum physics. The treatment throughout will assume some knowledge of calculus.

Text.,·

741300 Physics 18

Prerequisile

Houn

Examinatiun

Content

Refer to Physics Department noticeboard.

4 units

Nil

3 lecture hours and 3 hours laboratory or demonstrations per week.

One paper after the end of each term, together with laboratory and problem work assessment.

For students who in general do not intend to proceed with further studies in Physics. (A credit pass or better in Physics 18 will normally be required for entry to Physics II). The treatment will require a minimum of mathematics. The coverage of the subject will be somewhat broader than in Physics lAo

TeXIS Arya, A. P. Arya. A. P. &

Goldberg, E. M.

Intruduction 10 College Physics (Macmillan 1979) Studen/!i· Stud!' Guide 10 Introduction to ColJege

Physics (Macmillan 1979)

156

742101 PH221 EJeclromagnelics and Quanlum Mechanics 2 units

Prerequisite.l·

Houn

Examinatiun

COnfenr

Mathematics L Physics lAo or normally a credit pass in 18

45 lecture hours & 45 laboratory hours

3 hours

This subject is intended for students in Electrical Engineering. The content covers topics in Electromagnetics and Quantum Physics. Students who may later wish to continue Physics in the Science Faculty arc advised that Science Faculty regulations require that Physics II be completed in a single year.

Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Dept. notice board.

157

• 158

Section 5

COMBINED DEGREE

PROGRAMMES

159

-'" o

-'"

INTRODUCTION

Section [0 of the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Engineering provide for the offering of combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any specialisation and the degree of Bachelorof Arts. BachelorofCommcrce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematic~.or Bachelor of Science, There is also provision for a combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Mathematic~. Admission to ~uch combined courses will normally be allowed after the completion orthe first year of a degree cour~e and is restricted to ~Iudents who have obtained a minimum average standard of credit. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to transfer 10 a combined degn:e course after ~econd year or lalcr.

Students who are con~idering transferring to a combined course at the end of the first year should familiarise themselves with the re4uirement~ lor both degn:es a nd pay particular attention to the ch oice of elective subjech. Students are advised to con~ult their Student Advisor or the Faculty Secretary before attempting to enrol in a

combined course. The following combined course programmes are arranged so as to group together the courses relating to one particular engineering ~peciality.

(i) Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering The following combined courses !eading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Chemical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Art~.

Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Economic~, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science arc to be submitted to the relevant Faculty B{)ard~ for approval.

Year I Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Chemical Engineering speciality and con~i~b of thc following ~ubjecb:

ChEI41 Indu~:rial Process Principles ChEISI Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment ChElS2 Indu~lrial Process De~ign I GEISI Introduction 10 Materials Science Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry I

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce,' Bachelor of Economics .. Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II ChE26J Separation ChE261 Separation ChE261 Separation

Processes I Processes I Processes I ChE271 Fuels and ChE271 Fuels and ChE271 Fueb and

Combustion Combustion Combustion ChElSI Structures and ChE2S1 Structures and ChE2SJ Structures and

Pressure Vessel Design Pressure Vessel Design Pressure Vessel Design ChE291 Laboratory ChE291 Laboratory ChE191 Laboratory ChE272 Fluid Mechanics ChE272 Fluid Me<:hanics ChE272 Fluid Mechanics ChE241 Process ChE241 Process ChE241 Process

Analysis I Analysis I Analysis I Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC Mathematies liB pt. I Mathematies lIB pI. ! Mathematies liB pI. I GE204 Engineering GEl04 Engineering GE204 Engineering

Computations I Computations I Computations I GE20S Engineering GE20S Engineering GE20S Engineering

Computations II Computations II Computations II Arts Subject Accounting I Economics I

Year III ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and

Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics ChE361 Separation ChE361 Separation ChE36J Separation

Processes II Processes II Processes II ChE391 Laboratory ChE362 Solids Handling ChE362 Solids Handling ChE362 Solids Handling & Minerals Processing & MlOerals Processing

& Minerals Proce~sing ChE3S4 Electrochemistry ChE3S4 Eleetrochemistry ChE354 Ele<:trochemistry and Corrosion and Corrosion

and Corrosion ChE3S1 Equipment ChE3S1 Equipment ChBS I Equipment Ch~~~nProcess Ch~~S4!nProcess Design ChE342 Process Analysis II Analysis II

Analysis II ChE381 Computations ChE381 Computations ChE381 Computations ChE382 Process ChE382 Process ChE382 Process Dynamics Dynamics

Dynamics ChE3S2 Process ChE3S2 Process ChBS2 Process Engineering Engineering

Engineering ChE3S3 Process ChE3S3 Process ChE3S3 Process Economics Economics

Economics Economic~ I Economics II Mathematics lIB pt. 2 Introductory Introductory Arts subject Quantitative Methods Quantitative Methods

Mathematics lIB pI. 2 Mathematics liB pI. 2

Bachelor of Mathematics" Bachelor of Sciencel Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Eng"meering

Four courses are possible ChE26J Separation Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA

Proce~se~ I 2~i~~sltrSe~~ation Chemistrv IIA ChE241 Process ChE261 Separati{)n

Analysis I Processes I Processes I GE204 EnglOeering ChE271 Fuels and ChE241 Proccs~

Computations I Combustion Analy~is I GE20S Engineering ChE2S1 Structures & GEl04 Engineering

Computations II Pressure Vessel Computation~ I Chemistry IIC Design GE20S Engineering Mathematics IIA ChE291 Laboratory Computations II Mathematics IIC ChE212 Fluid Science Subject

Mechanics Part I ChE241 Proc<:sb

Analysis I GE204 Engineering

Computations I GE2QS Engineering Computation~ II

ChE2SJ Structures & ChE361 Separation ChE2S1 Structures & Pressure Vessel Des'lgn Processes I I Pressure Vesscl

ChE271 Fuels and 2 Science Subjects - Design Combustion Part II ChE27 I Fuels and

ChE272 Fluid Mechanics OR Combustion ChE391 Laboratory ChE361 Separation ChE272 Fluid ChE361 Separation Proce~beb II Mechanics

Processes II Science Subject - Ch E291 Laboratory Mathematicb IlIA Part II ChE361 Scparallon

Science Subject Processes II Part III Science Subject

Part II OR ChE2S I Structures &

Pres.>urc Vessel Design

ChE27 I Fueh and Combustion

ChE272 Fluid Mechanics

ChE291 Laboratory ChE361 Separation

Processes I I Science Subject

Part III

-'" '"

-'" w

Bachelor of Artsi Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year IV CIIE462 Environmental CIIE391 Laboratory ChE391 Uiboratory ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and ChEll! Kinetics and

Control ChE462 Environmental CIIE462 Environmental Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics ChE471 Industrial Control Control ChE391 Laboratory ChE391 Laboratory CIIE391 Laboratory

Safety ChE4?1 Industrial ChE471 Industrial ChE362 Solids Handling CIIE362 Solids CIIE362 Solid~ ChE472 Transport Safety Safcly & Mineral~' Pro~1:ssing Handling and Handling and

Phenomena ChE472 Transport ChE472 Transport ChE354 Electrochemistry Miner-db Minerals ChE482 Process Control Phenomena Phenomena and Corrosion Proces~ing Processing ChE483 Reaction ChE482 Process Control ChE482 Process ContrOl ChE351 Eljuipment ChE354 Electro- ChE354 Electro-

Engin~ring ChE483 Reaction ChE483 Reaction De~ign chemistry and chemistry and ChE497 Design Project Engineering

3 iancg~~:oe;i~f Economics ChE342 Process Corrosion Corrosion

2 Arts subjects 3 Bachelor of Commerce Analysis II ChE351 Eljuipment ChEJ51 EljUlpmcnt Subjects Subjects ChE381 Computation, De~ign Design

ChE382 Proce~s Ch E342 Proee" (,hE342 Process Dynamics Analysi\ II Analysis 11

Ch E352 Proce~, ChE381 Computa- ChE31:(1 Compula-Engineering \lon, twn,

ChE353 Proce~s ChE3i':2 Proce", ChE3i':2 Proce,s Economic, D)'nami~~ Dvnamlc'

Part III ,ubject from ChEJ52 Proce" ('hE)52 Proce" B.Math. Schedule 01 Engineering Engineering Subject, ChE353 Pruce', ChE~53 Proce"

Economks Economics Science Subject Science Subject

Part III Part [(I YearY CbE491 Seminar ChE497 Design Project ChE497 Design Project ChE462 Environmental ChE462 Environ- ChE462 Environ-ChE496 Research ChE491 Seminar ChE491 Seminar Control mental Control mental Control

Project CbE496 Research ChE496 Research ChE471 Indu>mal Safety ChE471 Indu~.trial ChE471 Indu,trial Electives - 2 unit> Project Project ChE472 Tran,port Safety Sakty Arts subject 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economic, Phenomena ChE472 Transflort ChE472 Tran'l'ort

Subjects Subjects ChE482 Process Control Phenomena Phenomena ChE483 Reaction Ch E482 Proces, ChE482 Pruces,

Engineering Control ComTol ChE497 Design Project ChE483 Reaction ChE483 Reaction ChE49 I Seminar Engineenng Engineering Ch E496 Rc,earch Project ChE497 De,ign ChE497 Design Elective~ - 2 uni" Project Project

ChE491 Seminar ChE491 Seminar ChE496 Research ('hE496 Re>earch

Project Project Ele~ti\'e, 2 unit:. Elective, 2 un II'

(ii) Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Civil Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelorof Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for approval.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Civil Engineering speciality and consists of the fOllowing subjects: CE III Statics CEI71 Engineering Surveying I GEI12 Introduction to Engineering Design GEISI Introduction to Materials Science EE131 Circuit Fundamentals MEl II Graphics and Engineering Drawing MEI3I Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA

Bachelor of Arts! Bachelor of Commerce:' Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II

CE212 Mechanics of CE212 Mechanics of Solids I Solids I

CE213 Mechanics of CE213 Mechanics of Solids 11 Solids 11

CE224 Civil Engineering CE224 Civil Engineering Materials Materials

CE223J Engineering Geology CE223J Engineering Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanic, I CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanics II CE232 Fluid Mechanics II GE204 Engineering Chemistry IS

Computations I Mathematic,> [JA GE205 Engineering Accounting .1

Computations II ME223 Engineering Chemistry IS Technology Mathematics llA ME223 Engineering

Technology

Bachelor of Economics! Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachdor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

CE212 Mechanics of CE212 Mcchanic, 01 Solids I Solids I

CE213 Mechanics of CE213 Mechanics of Solids 11 Solids 11

CE224 Civil Engineering CE224 Civil Engineering Materials Materials

CE223J Engineering Geology CE223J Engineering Genlogy CE2) I Auid Mechanics I CE231 1'1Uld Mechanics I CE232 Auid Mechanics II CE232 Fluid Mechanic, 11 Chemistry IS GE204 Engineering Mathematics iJA Computations I Economies I GE205 Engineering ME223 Engineering Computahons 11

Technology Mathematics llA Chemistry IS ME223 Engineering

Technology

Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering

CE212 Mcchanic, oj Solid, 1

CE213 Mcchanic, 01 Solid, II

CE224 Civil Engineering Materials

CE223J Engineering Geology CE231 Fluid Mechanics I CE232 Fluid Mechanic., 11 ('hemi,try IS Mathematics IIA Science Subject Part I

-'" ~

:;; '"

Bachelor of Artsl Bachelor of Engineering

Year III CE3J4 Structural

Analysis I CE3lS Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE333 Fluid Mechanics III CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV CE341 Water Resources

Engineering t CE342 Water Resources

Engineering II GE3S0 Seminar CE351 Civil Engineering

Systems I CE372 Transportation

Engineering EE211 Energy Conversion Arts Subject - Part I

Year IV CE42S Earth and Rock

Engineering CE4S2 Engineering

Construction CE4S3 Proje.:t Structures Elective Departmental Elective Arts Subject - Part II

Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Engineering

Year V Arts Subject, Part I Arts Subject - Part II Arts Subject - Part II]

Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Engineering

CE314 Structural Analysis 1

CE3lS Structural Design I CE324 Soil MeChanics CE333 Auid Mechanics III C£334 Auid Mechanics IV CE34t Water Resources

Engineering I CE342 Water Resources

Engineeriog II GE204 Engmeenng

Computations I GE205 Engineering

Computations II CE3S1 Civil Engineering

Systems I CE372 Transportation

Engineering EE2lJ Energy Conversion Economics I

CE42S Earth and Rock Engineering

CE452 Engineering Construction

CE4S3 Project Structures Elective Departmental Elective Introductory Quantitative

Methods I Bachelor of Commerce

Subject


4 Bachelor of Commerce Subject~

Bachelor of Economic,,' Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering BaChelor 01 Engineenng Bachelor of Engineering

(E314 Structural (,E314 Structural CE314 Structural Analysis I Analysi, [ Analysi, I

CE315 Structural Design I CE315 Structural Design I CE3lS Structural Design I CE324 Soil Mechanics CE324 Sol! Mechan", M E204 Engineering CE333 Auid Mechanics III eE333 Fluid Mechanics III Computation',l CE334 Auid Mechanics IV CE334 Fluid Mechanic~ IV GE205 Engmeenng CE341 Water Resources CE34t Water Re'ourccs Computations II

Engineering I Engineering I ME223 Engineering CE342 Water Resource> CE342 Water Re,ource, Technology

Engineering II Engineering II EE21 t Energy Conversion CE3S1 Civil Engineering GE350 Seminar 2 Science Subjects Par! 11

Systems I EE211 Energy Conversion CE372 Transportation Mathematic, tIC

Engineering GE204 Engineering

Computation,; I GE20S Engineering

Computation, II EE2ll Energy Convcrsion Introductory Quantitative

Methods

CE425 Earth and Rock CE3S1 Civil Engmeering CE324 Soil Mechanic, Enginecring System> I CE333 f-Iuid Mechanic, III

CE4S2 Engineering CE372 Transportation CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV Construction Engineering CE341 Water Resourcc,

CE4SJ Project CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering I Structures Elective Engineering CE342 Water Rcsource, Departmental Elective CE452 Engineering Engineering II Economic> II Construction Science Subject Part II I Bachelor of Commerce Structure, Elective Science Subject Part tit

Subject Mathematic, lIlA

Bachelor of Economic, Bachelor of MathematiC> Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

4 Bachelor of Economic, CE453 Project GBSO Seminar SubJec\; Part ][1 Subject from CE351 Civil Engineering

B.Math. Schedule of Sy.tem, I Subject. CE3n Transportlltion

Departmental Elective Engineering CE42S Earth and Rock

Engineering CE452 Engineering

Con.truction CE453 Project Structure> Elective Departmental Elective

-'" '"

-'" -'

(iii) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Industrial Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Art~, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Computer Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CEil I Statics EE131 Circuit Fundamentals GEl 12 Introduction to Engineering Design MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME131 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce .. Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year II EElII Energy Conversion EEl21 Semi_Conductor Devices

EE211 Energy Conven,ion EE221 Semi_Conductor Devices

EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic Programming EE264 Introduction to Computer

EE262 Systemati,c Programming EE264 Introduct!on to Computer

Architecture & Assembly Architecture & Assembly Language Language

PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 E1Cl::tromagnetics and Quantum MCl::hanics Quantum Mechanic,

Mathematics lIA Mathematics liB Part I Arts Subject - Part I Economics I

Accounting I

Bachelor of Art,; Bachelor of Commerce.' Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Ye.r III EE263 Introduction to MathematICs JIB Part II

Stru~turing of Information EE26) Introdu~tlOn to EE323 Linear Electronics I Structuring of Information EE324 Linear Electronics [I EE323 LlOear ElectroOlcs I EE326 Digital Design EE324 Linear Electronic, II

and Technology EE326 Digital Design EE333 Advanced Circuit and Technology

Analysis EE333 Advan~ed Circuit GE360 Automatic Control Analy,i, EE344 Communications GE360 Automatic Control EE345 Di~ital Signal EE344 Communications

Processmg EE345 Digital Signal Arts Subject - Part 11 Arts Subject - Part I OR II

Processing Introductory Quantitative

Methods I Bachelor of Commerce

Subject

Ye.r IV GE325 Microprocessor Systems EE362 Swit~hing Theory and

and Appli~ations Logic Design EE362 Switching Theory and 3 units from List I

Logic Design GEnS Microprocessor Systemh Arts SubjCl::t _ Pari 111 GE325 Microprocessor Systems Arts SubjCl::t ~ Part II or III and Applications

3 Bachelor of Commerce

Bachelor of Economic~ Bachelor of Mathcmahc~ .. Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Encrgy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE22! Semi-Conductor Device~ EE221 Semi-Conductor Device~ EE221 SemI-Conductor DevIces EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic Programming EE262 Systematic Prngramming EE262 Sy~tematic Programming EE264 Introduction to Computer EE264 Introduction to Computer EE264 Introduction to Computer

Architecture & Assembly Architecture & A~sembly Architecture & Assembly Language Language Language

PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnctics and PH221 ElectromagnetIc' and Quantum MechaniC!> Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanic,

Mathematics liB Part I Mathcmatics IlA Mathematics IIA Economics I MathematiCi> IIC Science Subject Part I Introductory

Quantitative Methods

Ba~helor of E~onomics, Bachelor of Mathemal1~' Bachelor of Sciencc Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachel"r of Engineering

Mathematic, liB Pan II Mathematic, lilA EE263 Introduction tn EE263 Introductiun to Part III Subject frum a.Math, Structur'lOg of Informalu)fl

Structuring of Information Schedulc of Subject, EE323 LlOear Electrunic, r EE323 Linear Electronics I EE324 Linear Electronic, [I EE324 Linear Electronic, II EE326 Dcgital Design EE326 Digital De'lgn and Technology

and Technology EE333 Advanced Circuit EE333 Advanced Circuit AnaIY'I'

Analysis G E360 Automatic Cuntrul GE360 Automatic Control EE.l44 Cummunication, EE344 Communication, E£345 DigItal Signal E£345 Digital Signal Proce"ing

Proce"ing Economics II

2 Science Suhject, Part II

I Bachelor of Economic, Subje~t

EE362 Swit~hing Theory and EE263 Introduction to GE325 MicwproccI»or Sy'tem~ Logic Design Structuring of Information and Application,

3 unItS from List I EE323 Linear Electronics I £E362 Switching Theory and GEnS Microprocessor Systems EE324 Linear Ele~tronic, II Logic Design GE325 Microprocessor Sy,tem, EE326 Digital Design Science Subject Pari [I

and Applications and Technology Science Subject Part III 3 Bachelor of Economic, EE333 Advanced Circuit

Analysis GE360 Automatic Control EE344 Communications EE34S Digital Signal

Processing EE362 Switching Theory and

Logic Design GE32S MIcroprocessor Systems

and Applications 4 units of Electives

-'" '"

:;; '"

Bacllelor of Arts/ Bacllelor of Commerce/ Bacllelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics! Bachelor of Science' Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Ye.rV EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE422 Electromc DesIgn B EE422 Electronic Design B EE422 Electromc Design B EE422 Electromc DesIgn B EE422 Electronic Design B EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced DIgItal EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanccd Digital

Systems Systems Systems Systems Systems EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Cnmputer Operating

Systems Sy~tems Systems Systems Systems EE464 Compiler Construction EE464 Compiler Construct'lon EE464 Compiler Construction EE464 Compilcr Construction EE464 Compiler Construction EE4g0 Projeet EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE3OO/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE300: EE481 Project OR 2 EE300 EE481 Project OR 2 EE300 ..

400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar EE49 I Seminar EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar 4 units from list I I unit from list I I unit from list I 4 units from List I 4 units from List I I unit of Elective I Bacllelor of Commerce I Bachelor of Economics I unit of Elective I unit of Elective

Subject Subject ----

(iv) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Electrical Engineeringand the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Veltri Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Electrical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:

CElli Statics EE131 Circuit Fundamentals GEl12 Introduction to Engineering Design MEI.II Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME131 Dynamics Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS

Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Yearll EE21! Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE22! Semi-Conductor EElll Semi_Conductor

Devices Devices EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic

Programming Programming EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to

Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture & Asscmbly Language Assembly Language

PH221 Electromagnetics PH221 Electromagnetics and Quantum and Quantum Mechanics Mechanics

Mathematics IJA Mathematics liB Part I Arts Subject - Part I Economics I

Accounting [

Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematics BaChelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion EE221 Semi-Conductor EE221 Semi-Conductor

Devices Devices EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic

Programming Programming EE264 IntrodUCtion to EE264 Introduction to

Computer ArChitecture & Assembly Language

PH221 EleClTomagnetics

Computer Architecture & Assembly Language,

PH221 Electrornagneucs and Quantum and Quantum Mechanics Mechanics

Mathematics liB Part I Mathematics IIA Economics I Mathematics 11 C Introductory

QuantitattllC Methods

Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering

EE21 I Energy Conversion EE221 Semi-Conductor

Devices EE232 Electrical Circuits EE262 Systematic

ProgrammlOg EE264 Introduction to

Computer Architecture & A.ssembly Language,

PH221 Electromagnetlc~ and Quantum Mechanics

Mathematics IIA Science Subject -- Part [

-~ o

-~

Bachelor of Arts! Bachelor of Engineering

Year III EE313 Power Systems EE314 Electrical Machines EE3lS Power Electronics EE323 Linear Electronics I EE324 Linear Electronics II EE326 Digital Design

and Technology EE333 Advanced Circuit

Analysis GE360 Automatic Control EEJ44 Communications Arts Subject - Part II Am SUbject - Part I or [I

Year IV I unit of Elective EE362 Switching Theory

and l.ogic Design Arts SUbject - Part III Arts Subject - Part II or III

Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Engineering

Year V EE42[ Electronics

Design A EE4.5 [ E[ectromagnetic

Propagation & Antennas EE480 Project EE48 [ Project or 2 units

from EE300/400 subjects EE491 Seminar 7 units from EE300/400

subjects

Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Engineering

Mathematics JIB Pari II EE32) Linear Electronics I EE324 Linear Electronic!> II EE326 Digital De;ign

and Technology EE333 Advanced Circuil

Analysis GE360 Automatic Conlrol EE344 Communications EE362 Switching Theory

and Logic Design Introductory Quantitative

Methods I Bache[or of Commerce

Subject

EE313 Power Systems EE314 Elc.:uical Machines EE3[.5 Power E[ectronics 6 units from EEJOO,400

Subjects 2 Bache[or of Commerce

Subjects


EE421 Electronics Design A

EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation & Antennas

EE480 Project EE481 Project or 2 unit~

from EE300,400 subjects EE491 Seminar [ unit from EE300/400

subjects 2 Bache[or of Commerce

subjects

Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Mathematic, liB Part II Mathematic, lilA EEJI) Power SV'lcm, EE323 linear Electroni" I Part [I[ Subject from EE314 Electricai Machine' EE324 linear Electronic, II B.Malh. Schedule of EE315 Power Electronic, EE326 Digital Design Subjecl~ EEJl) Linear Electronic. I

and Technology EE324 Lincar Elcctronic, II EEJ33 Advanccd Circuil EE326 Digilal Design

Analysis and Technology GE360 Automalic Conlrol EE333 Advanced Circuil EE344 Communication, Analy~i, EE362 Swi,tChing, Theory GE360 AutomatIC Control

and LogiC Design EE344 Communication, Economics [I 2 Science SubjecI~ Pari II I Bachelor of Economics

Subject

EE313 Power Systems EE313 Power System~ I unit of Elective EE314 Electrical Machines EEJI4 E1eclrical Machine, EE362 Swi.tching, Thcory EE31.5 Power E[ectronics EE3lS Power Electronics and l.oglc DeSign 6 units from EE300,.400 EE323 Linear Electronic, I Sciencc SUbject Part II

Subjccts EE324 Linear Electronic, II Science Subject Part III 2 Bachelor of Economlc~ EE326 Digita[ Design

Subjects and Technology EE333 Advanced Circuit

Analysis GEJ60 Automatic Control EE344 Communications EE362 Swilching Theory

and l.ogic De,ign I unit of ElectIVe 4 units of Elective

Bache[or of Economics, Bachelor of Mathcmatics Bache[or of Scicnce Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Eogineering Bachelor of Enginecring

EE42 I Electronics EE421 Electronic, EE42J ElectrOnic, Design A Design A Design A

EE4.51 E[ectromagnetic EE4S1 Electromagnetic EE4.5[ E[ectromagnetic Propagation & Antennas Propagation & Antennas Propagation & Antenna,

E£480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE481 Project or 2 units EE481 Project or 2 unih EE48] Project or 2 units

from EE300,400 subjects from EE300,.400 subjech from EE300,:400 subject, EE491 Seminar EE49 [ Seminar EE491 Seminar [ unit from EE300,..400 7 units from EE300,400 7 units from EE300,400

su6ject5 2 Bachelor of Economics

subjects subjects

subjects

..., '"

-..., w

(v) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the ~peciality of Industrial Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Art~. Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Industrial Engineering ~peciality and consist of the following ~ubject~: CElli Statics GEl51 Introduction to Materials Science GEl12 Introduction to Engineering Design MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing MEI3l Dynamics ME223 Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS


Year II EEI3I Circuit

Fundamentab ME20! Experimental

Methods I ME202 Dynamic, of

Engineering Systems ME20J Experimental

Methods II ME214 Mechanics of Solids I ME241 Propertie, of

Materials I ME2S1 Fluid Mechanics ME27! Thermodynamics I Mathematics I1A Arts Subject - Part!

Bachelor of Art~ Bachelor of Engineering

YearJII EE211 Energy Conver~ion GE204 Engmeering

Computations I GE20S Engineering

Computations II M E212 Engineering

De.ign [ M E232 Dynamics of

Machines [ M E343 Mechanics of

Solids 11 GE360 Automatic Control Arts Subject Part [ Arts Subject -- Part II

Year IV

ME312 Engineering Design II

ME333 Dynamics of Machines II

ME381 Method, Engineerin~

ME383 Quality Engineering

M E482 Engmeering Economics I

Arts Subject - Part III Arts Subject Part [lor III


EEI3I Circuit Fundamentab

ME202 Dynamics of Engineering S}·,tem,

ME214 Mechamc, of Solid, I M E241 Propertie, of

Materiab I Mathematics ][A Accounting I Economies I


ME201 Experimelllal Method. I

MEW3 E~perimcntal Methods II

ME212 Engineering Design [

ME232 Dynamic. of Machines I

ME25! Fluid Mechan',cs I ME271 Thermodynamics I Introductory Quantitative

Methods 2 Bachelor of Commerce

Subjects

EE21 I Energ} Convcr.ion GE204 Engineering

Computations.) GE205 Engmeenng

Computations II ME312 Engineering

Design [] ME333 Dynamic, of

Machines II ME343 Mechanic- 01

Solids II GE360 Automatic Control ME38! Methods

Engineering MEJ83 Quality

Engineering ME413 Engineering

Design 111 ME483 Production

Scheduling ME485 ~umerical Control

and Computer Aided Manufacturing

ME487 O.R. - Fundamental Technique.

ME4880.R. Planning. Inventory Control and Management

I Bachelor of Commerce Subject

Bachelor of EconomicBachelor of Eng'lIlcenng

EEI3I CirCUli Fundamental,

ME202 Dynamic, of Engineering Sy,tcm,

ME2I4 Mechanic- of Solid,) ME241 Propenie' of

Materiab [ Mathematie'IIA Introductor)' Quantitati\e

Method, Economic, [

Bachelor of Eeonomi<.:' Bachelor of Engincering

ME201 Experimental Methud. I

ME203 Experimemal Methods II

M E212 Engineering Des1gn I

ME232 Dynamic. oj Machine, [

ME251 Flu',d Mechanic, I ME271 Thermodynamic, I Economic. II 2 Bachelor oj Economic,

SUbject>

EE21! Energ)' Conver-ion GE204 Engineering

Computation. I GE205 Engineering

Computations II ME3!2 Engineering

Design II ME333 Dynam1C> or

Machines II ME343 Mechanics 01

Solids II GEJ60 Automatic Control ME3~J Methods

Engineering ME3B Quality

Engineering M E41 J Engineering

Design III ME48J Production

Scheduling ME485 Numerical Control

and Computer Aided Manufacturing

ME4870.R. Fundamental Technique,

ME4880.R. Planning. [nventory Control and Management

I Bachelor of Commerce Subject

Bachelor of Math"mallc, Bachelor of En!:,nccr"lng

EEI31 CirCUit F-undamental,

ME20) E~periment .. l Method, I

ME202 Dynamic, oj Engineering Sy,tem.,

ME203 Experiment .. l Method, II

ME214 Mechanic, of Solid, I ME241 Propertic, or

Materiab [ ME251 F1uid !'>o1cchani" I ME27 I Thermodynamic. I Mathcmatic~ IIA' Mathematic,IIC

Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachelor 01 Englneenng

EE211 Energy Convcr,ion GE204 Engineering

Computation, ) GE205 Englneerin!:

ComputatHlI1, [I M E212 EnglllcefLng

DC~jgn I ME2.l2 Dynamic, of

Mach'lne~ I MEJ43 Mechanic, of

Solid, II GE~60 AU\<lm .. uc Control MathematiC' lilA

M E312 Eng',necr"lng Design II

ME333 Dynamic- 01 Machines II

ME3!o:I Method, Engineerin/l

ME3!o:3 Quallt}" Engineering

ME4H2 Engineering Economics)

ME48J Production Scheduling

Part III Subject from B.Math Schedule 'lf Subject'

&",:hclo, 0' S~,cncc Bachelo, of En!:inccnnl,l

EEUI Cir<.:uit Fundamental,

ME201 E~pcnmental Melhod, I

ME202 Dvnamie- ,,1 Enginee'nng Sy,tcm,

ME20) Expcrimcmal Method'il

ME214 MC<.:haniC\ oj" So[i(], I M E241 Pmpenil" "r

Material.- I ME251 Auid Mechanic-) M E271 Thermodvnamlc, I Mathematic- liB' Science Subjc<.:t I'ar!)

Bachelur 01 Science Bachelor ul Enginecnng

EE211 fnerg} Convl'r,ion GE204 Engineering

("omputat",n, I GE205 Engineering

ComputatLon, [I M E212 Engincering

De"gn) ME2~2 Dynami<.:, 01

Machine, [ ME343 Mechanic" 01

Solid, II GEJ60 Automatic Cuntrol 2 Science Suhjcl1' Pan II

ME312 F.ngineering Dc,ign II

ME3~3 Dynamic- oj Machine> II

MEJ!':I Method, Engineering

MB!':J Qualit} Engineering

ME482 Engineering EconomlC~ I

~k,encc Subject Par! II SCience SubJcct Part III

-" ...

" ~

Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Commerce .. Bachelor of Economic, Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachclor of Science Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachclor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering

Year V ME413 Engineering M E496 Project Seminar ME496 Project, Seminar M E41 J Engineering ME413 Engineering

Design III 3 units Departmental 3 units Departmental Design 111 Design III ME48J Production Technical Electives Technical Elective, ME484 Engineering ME483 Production

Scheduling 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economic, Economic> [I Scheduling M E484 Engineering Subject' Subjects ME41\5 l'>umerica! Control ME4X4 Engineering

Economics II and Computer Aided Economics II ME485 Numerical Control Manufacturing ME485 Numerical C<)fltro!

and Computer Aided ME4870.R - Fundamental and Computer Aided Manufacturing Techniques Manufacturing

ME487 O.R. - Fundamental ME4880.R. Planning. ME4870,R. Fundamental Techniques Inventory Control "rcchniquc'

M E488 O. R. - Planning. and Management ME48S O.R. Planning. Inventory Control ME496 Project Seminar Inventory Control and Management GE301 Technology & and Management

ME496 Project/Seminar Hliman Vallie, I ME496 Project, Seminar GE301 Technology & :5 unit~ Departmental GE301 Technolog~ &

Human Values I Technical Electlw, Human Values I S units Departmental 5 unit, Departmental

Technical Electives I echnlcal EleCll\c,

(vi) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering

The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Mechanical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Art~. Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science arc to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.

Year I

Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Mechanical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects: CE III Statics GEISI Introduction to Materials Science GE 112 Introduction to Engineering Design MEIJI Dynamics MEllI Graphics and Engineering Drawing ME223 Engineering Technology Mathematics I Physics IA Chemistry IS

Bachelor of Art> Bachelor of Engineenng

Year II EEIJI Circuit

Fundamentals ME201 Experimental

Methods I ME202 Dynamic, of

Engineering System, M E203 Experimental

Methods II ME214 Mechanics of

Solids I ME241 Properties of

Materials [ ME2S1 Fluid Mechanics I ME271 Thermodynamic> Mathematics IIA Arts Subject - Part I

Bachelor of Commerce Bachejor of Engineering

EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals

ME202 Dynamics of Engineering System,

GE204 Engineering Computations I

GE20S Engineering Computations II

ME214 Mechanics 01 Solids I

ME241 Properties of Materials I

Mathematics IIA Accounting I Economics I

Bachelor 01 Economics Bachelor of Engineering

EEI31 Circuit Fundamental,

ME202 Dynamics of Engineering System.

GE204 Engineering Complltations I

GE20S Engineering Computation, II

ME214 Mechanics of Solid, I

ME241 Properties of Materials I

Mathematics IIA lntroductorv Quantitative

Method> . Economics I

Bachejor of Mathematic, Bachelor of Engineering

EEUI Circuit Fundamental>

ME201 Experimental Methods J

ME202 Dynam", of Engineering Sy_,tems

ME203 Experimental Method, II

M E214 Mechanic> of Solid, I

M E241 Propertie~ of Matenal, I

ME251 Fluid Mechanic, I MEn J Thermodvnamic, [ Mathematics lIA' Mathematic; IIC

Bachclor "j Scicnce Bachelor oj Engincerlng

EE 131 Circuit Fundamental,

ME201 Experimental Method, I

MEW2 Dvnamics 0] Enginec'ring Sy'tem,

MEW3 Experimental Methods II

ME214 Mechamc' oj Solid, [

M E241 Pmpcrtie, oj Mall:rial, I

ME251 Fluid MechaniC, I MEnl Thermodvnamic> I Mathematic, IIA' Science Subject Part I

~

"

-~ ~

Ba~helor of Am Bachelor of Engineering

Year III EE211 Energy Conversion GE204 Engineering


Computations II M E212 Engineering

Design I M E232 Dynamics of

Machines I M E342 Properties of

Materials II M E343 Mechanic> of

Solids II GE360 Automatic Control Arts Subject - Part I or [] Arts Subject -- Part II

Year IV M E302 Experimental

Methods III ME352 Fluid Mechanics II ME372 Heat Transfer ME373 Thermodynamics II Arts Subject - Part III Arts Subject Part II or III GE30! TeChnology & Human

Values I


Year V

ME312 Engineering Design II

ME413 Engineering Design III

ME333 DYTliImics of Machines II

ME485 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing

ME496 Project/Seminar 9 units Departmental

Technical Elective,


M E20 I Experimental Methods I

ME203 Experimental Method~ II

ME212 Engineering Design I

ME232 Dynamics of Machines I

M E251 Fluid Mechanics I M E271 Thermodynamics I Introductory Quantitative

Methods 2 Bachelor of Commcrce

Subjects

EE211 Energy Conversion ME302 Experimental

Methods III ME312 Engineering

Design 11 M E333 Dynamics of

Machine, II M E342 Properties of

Materials II ME343 Mechanics of

Solids \I ME352 Fluid Mechanics II GE360 Automatic Control ME372 Heat Transfer ME373 Thermodynamic. II 2 Bachelor of Commerce

Subject,

Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Enginecring

ME413 Engineering Design III

ME485 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing

M E496 Project I Seminar S units Departmental

Technical Electives J Bachelor of Commerce

Subject

Bachelor of Economic~ Bachelor of Engineering

ME201 Experimental Method~ I

ME203 Experimental Methods 11

M £212 Engineering Design I

M £232 DynamiCs of Machines I

ME2S1 Fluid Mechanic, I ME271 Thermodynamics I Economics II 2 Bachelor of Economics

Subjects

EE211 Energy Conversion ME302 Experimental

Method, III M E312 Engineering

Design I[ ME333 Dynamic> of

Machines [I M E342 Propertie~ of

Materials II ME343 Mechanic, of

Solids II M E352 Fluid Mechanic> II GE360 Automatic Control ME372 Heat Transfer ME37J Thermodynamics [I 2 Bachelor of Economic>

SUbject>

Bachelor oj Economic. Bachelor of Engineering

ME41J EnSinecnng De_isn III

ME48S Numerical Contwl and Computer A,\Jed Manufactunng

M E496 Project,' Seminar 5 units Departmental

Technical Elective, I Bachelor of Economic,

Subject

Bachelor of Mathematics Bachelor of Engineering

£E211 Energy Conver,ion GE204 Engineering

Computauons I GE20S Engineering

Computauons ,II ME212 Engineering

Design I ME232 Dynamics 01

Machine' I ME342 Properties of


Solids II GE360 AutomaUc Control Mathematics iliA

GEJ50 Seminar ME302 Experimental

Method, III M E312 Engineering

Design II ME333 Dvnamic> of

Machinc' II ME352 Fluid Mechanic_ ][ ME372 Heat Transfer MEJ73 Thermodynamics II Part III Subject from

B.Math. Schedule of Subject~

GE301 Technology & Human Values I

Ba~hcl,)r oj Mathemall~' Ba~hclor .,1 Engineering

ME41J EnsinceTing De_iSn III

ME4l!5 Numerical Control and Computer Aide\J Manufacturing

ME496 ProJect' Seminar 9 unit, Departmcntal

Technical Ekctive_

Bachelor (If ScIence Bachelor of Engineenng

EE211 Energy Conver~ion GE204 Engineenng

Computations, I GE205 Eng"lneenng

Computation, II ME212 Engineering

Design I ME232 Dynamic, of

Machines I M E342 Properties of


Solid, II GE360 Automatic Control 2 Science Subject> Part ][

ME302 Experimental Method_ III

ME352 Fluid Mechanic, II ME372 Heat Transfer ME37J ThermodynamiC' [I Science Subject Part II Science Subject Par! []I GE301 Technology & Human

Value, I

H~,;hclor .,J Sdcn~c H~~hclor or Engmecrlllg

MEJ12 Engineering Design IJ

ME41J Engineering De,ign III

ME3D Oynami"" oj Machine, [I

ME4!\5 Numerical Controi and Computer Aided Manulactunng

ME496 Project: Seminar 9 unit, Departmental

Technical Elective,

~

~

'"

~

~ ~

-(vii) Bachelor of Metallurgy

The following combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Mathematb and Bachelor (It Metallurgy has been submitted 10 the rclevant f-aculty Boards for j approval.

Yeu I

Mathematics I Chemistry I PhY5ics IA ChEl41 Industrial Proce~~

Principlc~ CIIEI51 Industrial Chemical

Processes and E,,!uipmenl ChElS2 Industrial Process

Design 1 GEISI Introduction 10

Materials Science

Ynrll

Mathematics IIA Mathematics lie GE204 Engineering


Computations I [ Met214 Theory or Metallurgical Procc_ws 1 MCI261 Extraction

Metallurgy Met24 I Microplaslicity Me!271 Fabrication

Metallurgy Met2~J Atomic and

Electronic Structure Met2S1 Metallography

Year III

Mathematic. lilA Mel301 Communicali,m Skill, ChE353 Prucc" Econ('min Mel3J4 Theory of Mctallurglcal

Processes II Met355 Physical Metallurg} Met375 Indumial Metallurgy

Z C ~ OJ m JJ (J)

(J)

C OJ c... m (') -l (') 0 ~ "'U C -l m JJ

Yur IV

ParI III Subject from B.Math. Schedule "I Subjecl'

2 unit. from Met30() Subjects

Met)9J I'hy,ical Mctallurg~ l.aborat"n

OR . Met392 Chemical Mctallurg)

I.aborator" 2 unil' "f Elceti,c

(J) CD ()

=-0 ::J

0>

Ytar V

MCI401 Dircctcd Rc .. ding Met402 Seminar MCl491 l.ab<>ratur> I'rnICC\ H Unit. from Mc\400

Subject,

Subject Computer Numbers for Engineering Courses

The following subject computer numbers are presented as an aid in the completion of enrolment and variation of programme forms. They are set out in the following eourse order.

(i) B.E. and B.Sc. (Eng.) in Chemical Engineering including RE. with Process Metallurgy Option........................... 180

(ii) B.E. in Civil Engineering.......................................... un (iii) RE. in Electrical and Computer Engineering.. ...................... 182 (iv) RE. in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering .................... 184 (v) B.Me!. and B.Sc. (Me!.)........................................... 186

(\"i) B.Surv........................................................... 187 (vii) M.Eng.Sc ....................................................... , 188

(i) D.E. and B.Sc. (Eng.) in Chemical Engineering including Process Metallurgy Option

fomputl'r Computer NAMES OF ~umber Sl'8JECT NAME Number ("OMPONE~'TS

First Year Subjects 511 IUH ChEI41 Indu'lrlal Proee" Prm~ipb 511109 ChEI51 Indu'lflal ("hemi~al Pn>ce"e,

and Equipment 511110 ("hE152 Indu,trial Pro~e" J) .. ,ign I 501102 GEISI Introduction I" Maleri,,'- S~icn .. e ('{'IIOO Mathematil" I 7111U0 ("her1li,tr~ I 741200 I'h}"~' IA

Second Year Subjects 512224 ChE241 I'roce" Anal~'" I 512225 ("h[251 Strlll·ture, and Pre"url' Ve,,,,1

IX"gn 51222fl ("hE261 Separation I'ruce,,'" I 512227 ChE271 Fuel- and Combu,t"'n 5122211 Ch E272 Fluid Mechanic, 512229 Chf291 t.aboratt>rl 5011O~ GE204 Engineering CompU1ation, I 501104 GE205 Engineering ('omputation, II I 1 22fl I Met261 Extra~tion Metallurg~ 722400 Chemi,try IJ(, 662110 EM2CO Vector Calculu, and D.irfcrenlial

Equation, 662111 fM2BD ('omplex AnaIY'i, and Linear

Algcbra

5131()9 ChEJ42 Pmc .. " Analy,i, II 513226 ChE351 Equipment DeSIgn 51.l227 ("hU52 Pr"ce" Engineering S132211 ChE3S3 Prnce" EconomIC'

Third Year Subjects

SI3229 ChE3S4 Electrochemi,tn' and ('urro,ion 5U2J0 ChE361 Separation Pro~essc, II SI.'131 ChEJ62 Snlid, Handling and Minera"

Prncessing 5132J2 ChE371 Kinctb and Thermodynamin 513233 ChEJ72 Fuel Technology I 5132J4 ChE.173 Furnace Heat Tran~fer 513235 (,hE3!!1 ('omputat'ons 51.l2.'7 ('hE3K2 Proce" Dynamics 5U236 ("hE391 laboratory 113395 Met314 Theory of Metallurgical

Pro~es~c, II II JJ92 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy l.aboralOr) IIJJ67 Met392S Furnace Heat Balance

(omputu Number SI'BU:CT !'I.:AMt:

Computer ~umber

Fourth Year Subjects SI414fl Ch£441 Spcclal IOPll' I unll 514147 ("hf442 Special hlpi.. 2 unih 5141411 ChE44.1 Special r"p'c .1 Ulllt, 514125 (,hE452 I'roc .. " halu:ttioll and

OptiLllllaliun 514126 ("h[462 Emlronmenlal ('ontr,,1 514[27 ChE471 Indu,trial Salct~ 5141211 ('h[472 Tramp,lft Phenumena 514129 ChE473 Radialll Heal Tran,fer 514]JO ("hE474 Selected rOp'l" in Heat and

Ma" rran,lcr 5141.11 ChE47S Adlan~cd ('umhu,don 514U2 (,hE476 Fluid and Paniek Me"'hanil-" SI4133 ('hE4111 Ad,anced C,'mpotatio", 514134 ('hE4112 rnl(e,s C<lnlml 5141.15 ChE41U Reaction Engmeering 514136 (,hE4114 Ad'ao~ed Reaction Engineering. 5141J7 ChE4115 Ad'anced Pruce" Control SI413H ('hE490 De,ign PmjeCl 514139 ChE491 Seminar 514140 ChE492 Rnearch Proj"ct 514143 (,hE493 Design Pmjcct 51414[ ("hE494 laboralory Project 514142 Ch[495 De,ign Project 514144 ChE496 Rc,earch Pmje~t 514145 ('hE497 Design Pmject 114414 Mct414 Theory ,If Metallurgical

Proce"e. III

Industrial Experience Units SIII04 ChEOO2 Indu,trial Expcrien~e 51 I 105 ('hEOO3 [ndumial Experience 511106 ('hE004 Indu,trial Experience 511107 (,hE005 Industrial Experience

NAM~:S 01: COMPONENTS

(ii) D.E. in Civil Engineering First Year Subjects

52110[ CElli Statics 521104 (,f171 Engineering SUf\eying [ 531203 EEIJI (,ircoit Fundamentals 501101 GEI121ntroduction to Engineering

Design 501102 GEISI Introduction 10 Materials Science 541104 MElli Graphics and Engineering

Drawing S41103 MEI31 Dynamics 661100 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 741300 Ph}'sic$ IB

Second Year Subjects 721900 Chemistry IS 522102 ('E212 Mechanics of Solids 1 5221 II CE21J Mechanics of Solids II 522112 CE224 Civil Engineering Materia[s 732900 ('E223J Engineering Geology 522202 (,E231 Fluid Mechanics [ 522204 CE232 Fluid Mechanics II 532106 EE211 Energy Conversion 501103 GE204 Engineering Computations I 501104 GE205 Engineering Computations II 5422()9 ME223 Engineering Technology 662110 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential

Equations

181

('ompUltr Compuler NAMES OF Number Sl'BJECT NAME Number ('OMPON}:NTS

Third Year Subjects 5BItl'J CEJI4 SlrUClural Analy", I SDIIU ("EJI5 Struclural Dc,ign [ 52.1 lU2 CEJ24 Suil M~damo 52)300 CF:3.1J Flu!'.J Mechanic, III 52JJ07 CFJJ4 Fluul Me~hanic, IV 5233tl'J CE341 WaIN R<',uurcc, Engineering 1 5233011 CEJ42 Water Rc,uurce, Engineering II 5D202 GD5U Seminar 52.1IU7 CBSI ("i,il Fngincermg Syslem, [ 521I()H CD72 Irdn,purtat"llln Engineering

Fourth Year Subjects 524001 524002 524003 524004 524052

524OS4

524055 524056 524057 5240511 524403 524034 524035 524036 524064 524062 524102 524404 52405() 524045 524046 524047 S2404X 524049

("E41O Fla'tl~ C"minua CE411 Pla,tic Framc Dc'ign CE412 '[hin Walled Structure, CE41.l Ma'"n''' and Timber [)e,ign CF414 Anal~'i~ and [)e"gn ul Plalc,

and Shelh (,[415 OplLmal [)':,ign ur Structural

Element, ("E416 Structural Analy,b [[ CF417 Stru~turdl Analy~i, III CE41X Structural [X.,ign II CF419 Struclural l)e,ign III CE425 Earth and Rud: Engineering CE426 Ad'anced Properties or Material, CF427 Con~retc 'Iechnulog}' CE42K Soil Mechani<:, CE4J7 Ri'er and Coastal Engineering CE443 Water Re",urce, Engineering III CE452 Engineering Con,\ruction CE45.' Project CE454 Ci,il Engineering S}'~tem' II C£473 Engineering Surveying II CE474 Tnlllsl'Ortalion Planning CE475 Highwa}" Engineering CE490 Special Topic C£49 I Special Tnpic

Industrial Experience Units 521092 CE092 lodustrial hperience 521093 CE093 Industrial hperiencc 521094 CE094 Indu,trial hperience

(iii) D.E. in Electrical and Computer Engineering First Year Subjects

721900 Chemistry IS 661100 Mathematic, I 74[200 Physic,IA 521101 CElli Static, 531203 EEIJI Circuil Fundamental, SOIlOI GEI12 Inlroduction to Engineering

De,ign S41104 MElli Graphics & Engineering

Drawing 541103 MEIJI Dynamics

182

Compultr ('ompulrr :'I;AMt:S OF Numbtr Sl"BJECT SAME Number COMPONENTS

1>62210 \1alh~l1lali<" [[B Pall I 662!20 \1<tlh,"mali(, IlH Part 2

Second Year Subjects 662102 662109 M2W4 062109 662102 M2104

5.12106 FF211 Enng~ C'''I,e"iu!) 5.12107 EE221 Scml-C,'ndu"',,,r 1)""ICc, 5J2IUX EE1J2 fle,'lrk'al Cir~uil' 5)21 I 3 EF262 S"I~nr,tlic rrugr,lnll1ling 5.'2114 f[203 1~lrudU~l1un to Strucluring "I

742101

53J201 5.1.1106 5J.l11I 5.1.'117 5J311M 5.1.1119 53J217 5.1.1 110 5JJIIJ DJllo 5.U222

5JJ20M SOll07

5011011

5.14149

534ISO

[nl"rmallun [E264 [1II",du<.'li<>n I" Cumputcr

Ar~hilc~lurc & A"embl~ l.anguag<.' PH221 EIc<.'lnlmagnctio and

Quantum Me~hanio

EUIJ I'u"cr S~'tem, EDI4 EI<'(;I[(<:al Ma<:hinc, FF.JIS P"'lcr Elc~tronic, EnB I.lllear Elcctmnic. I EEJ24 I.incar flcc·trtlnlC' II

Third Year Subjects

EfJ26 DigiLall),:sign and Tc<:hn"l"g~ EEJ.U Adlan~cd Cir(;uiL "II<LI~,i,

EU41l.incar Sntrm The",~ EEJ44 Cummunicatiun, EF.145 D'giLal Signal Pr'ICc"lIIg EEJ62 S"ildill!,l Th~"r~ ,md

I.oglc Design EDIIU Pwject Dirc<:Led RC;Lding GEJ2S Minopr"ce"ur System, and

ApplicalitlrL' GEJ60 AULomat;'" Cormol

EE4D ,'o"cr S~'tcm, Analysi, and Operalion

E[415 Power Sy,lems Eljuipmcnt and Protection

Fourth Year Subjects

534144 EE416 Adlanccd Electrical Ma<:hine Theory

534146 EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems 534109 EE421 Electronic Design A 534110 EE422 Electr"nic Design B 5.'4147 £E426 Ad,'anced Digital Sy,tems 5.14134 EE447 Digilal Communications 5341411 EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation

and Antenna~ 534145 EE462 Topic> in Switching Theory 534124 EE463 Computcr Operating Systems 53414.' EE464 C"mpilcr Cunstruclion 534102 EE480 Project Dirccled Reading 534106 EE481 Project Dirccted Reading 534101 EE491 Seminar

I "pic lJ I "1"(; CO I "PIC' J)

I UpL .. " CO I "pic 8 ["p'c D

Industrial Experience Units 531J02 EE092 Indu~trial ElLperience 531303 EE09J Indu,trial Experience 531304 EE094 Industrial Experience 531305 EE095 Induslrial Experience 531306 EE096 Industr'lal hperience 531J()7 EE097 Indu,trial hperiencc [[

183

('ompulu Computu NAMES OF Number SI'BJECT NAME Number COMPONF.NTS

(iv) R.E. in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering First Year Subjects

521101 CElli Static, 501101 GEI12 Introduction w Engineering

Design 501102 GEI51 Introduction Il. Material- Science 541104 MElli Graphic, and Engineering

Dra"'ing 541103 MEIJI Dynamic, 542209 ME22.' Engineering Technology 721900 Chemim) IS bbllOO Mathematic, I 741200 Ph},i" IA

53120J EEIJI Circuil Fundamental>

Second Year Subjects

501103 GE204 Engineering Computation, [ 501104 GE205 fngineering Computali(ln, II 542206 ME201 Experimental Methods I 542104 ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Sy'tem, 542207 MElO) Experimental Methods II 54220~ ME2[2 Engineering De,ign I 542105 ME214 Mechanic, of Solids [ 542J05 ME232 Dynamic, of Machines I 542106 ME241 Properties of Materials] 542210 ME251 Fluid Mechanic,] 542205 ME271 Thermodynamics] 662110 fM2CO Vector Calculu, and Differential

Equation, 662111 EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear

Algebra

Computer ('ompuler NAM}:S 01-' :'IOumMr Sl-BJF.CT NAMF. :'\umber COMPONENTS

Third and Fourth Year Subjects 523110 CE315 Structural Design I 532106 EElII Energy Conversion 662208 EM2H Probability & Statistics 501105 GE301 Technology & Human Values I 50110b GEJ02 Technology & Human Value, II 501108 GE360 Automatic Control 543104 ME302 Experimental Method, III 5'B105 ME312 Engineering Design II 543107 MEJ33 Dynamics of Machines II 543108 M E342 Propenies of Materials II 543109 ME343 Mechanics of Solids II 543110 ME352 Fluid Mcchanic, II 543202 ME372 Heat Tran~fer 543111 ME373 Thermodynamics II 54J501 ME381 Methods Engineering 543502 MEJB3 Quality Engineering 543503 ME384 Design for Production 504101 GE471 Energy 504102 GE472 Energy 544481 ME405 Advanced Numerical Programming 544453 ME407 Environmental Engineering 544424 ME409 Introduction w Noi,e

Pollution Control 544426 ME410 Advanced Design Concept' I 544428 ME41J Engineering Design III 544469 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling

Systems I 544472 ME420 Bulk Materials Handling

Systems [] 544473 ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids 544471 ME434 Dynamics of Machine, III 544474 M E444 Properties of Materials III 544415 ME445 Mechanics of Solids III 544476 ME453 Fluid Mechanics III 544477 ME473 Thermodynamics II] 544478 ME474 Hea. Transfer II 544101 ME481 Engineering Administration 544433 ME482 Engineering Economics I 544470 ME4lI3 Prodllction Scheduling 544464 ME4lI4 Engineering Economics II 544466 ME48S Numerical Control and Computer

Aided Manufacturing 544468 M E487 Operations Research - Fundamental

Techniqlles 544469 ME4lI8 Operations Research Planning.

Inventory Control and Managcment 544203 M E496 Project! Seminar 544479 M E4117 Projectj Directed Reading 544480 M E498 Project/ Directed Reading 540126 MES05 Systems Analysis, Organisation

and Control

541302 ME092 Industrial Experience 541303 ME0\I3 Industrial Experience 541304 ME0\I4 Industrial Experience 541307 ME0\I7 Industrial Experience 541308 ME098 Industrial Experience

Industrial Experience Units

184 185

("ompUlet ('ompuler N,\Mt:S Ot' Number SI'BJEC'T NAMJ: Number COMPONt:NTS

(v) B.Met. and B.Sc. (Met.) First Year Subjects

661100 Mathematics I 741200 Physics IA 721100 Chemistry I 511108 ChEI41 Industrial Proces' Principle, 511109 ChEl51lndu,trial Chemical Proce"e,

& Equipment 511110 ChEI521ndusniai Proce" De,ign I 501102 GEI51 Introduction to Materials

Science

Second Year Subjects 662110 EM2CO Vectur Calculus and Differential

Ellualions 662111 EM2BD Complex Analy,is and Linear

Algebra 50110.1 GE204 Engineering Compulalions I 501104 GE205 Engineering Computatiun, 11 112214 Met214 Theory of Metallurgical

Processe, I 112241 Met241 Microplaslicit)" 112251 Met251 Melallography 112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy 112271 Mel271 Fabricalion Metallurg) 112281 Mel281 AlOmicand Electronic

StruclUre

Third Year Subjects 513228 ChEJ5J Proces, Economic~ 113301 MelJOI Communication Skills IIJJ23 Mel311 Stati,lical Design and Orlimi!>atiun

of Metallurgical Processe, 113393 Mel312 Modelling and Control of

Metallurgical Processes 113395 Met314 Theory of Metallurgical

Processes 11 113325 Met322 Electrochemistry, Corrosion

& Hydrometallurgy 113353 Mel353 Solidification Processes 113350 Met354 Quantitative Metallography 113355 Met3S5 Physical Metallurgy 1133S6 Met356 Metallographic Technillues 113364 Met364 Refractories IIJJ97 Met373 Polymer Processing 113374 Met374 Welding and Non-Destructive

Testing IIJJ75 Met375 Industrial Metallurgy 113391 Mel391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory 113392 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory 113367 Met392S Furnace Heat Balance

Fourth Year Subjects 114405 Met401 Directed Readillg 114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar 114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations 114414 Met414 Theory of Metallurgical

Processes III 114454 Met451 Structure of Real Crystals 114452 Met452 Physical Metallurgy 114453 Met45J Metallography 114481 Met48 I DisloCation Theory 114482 Met482 Metal Physics 114490 Met490 Design Project 114483 Met491 Laboratory Project

186

Computer ('ompultr NAMES OF Number SI'BJEC"T NAME Number COMPONENTS

Induslrial Experience Units 111102 Mct092 Indu'trial E~pcrien<'<· 1IIIOJ MC1093 Indu'trial E,\pcncnn' 111104 Mct094 Indu,tnal E)lpcricnce 111105 Mct095 Indu'1Tial Experience 111106 Met!Jl.l6 Indu,trial Experience

(vi) B.Surv. First Year Subjects

421100 Ecnn"mic~ I 661100 Mathem~tic' I 741200 Phy,ic,IA 741300 Phy>ic, J8 521110 SVIII Suncyingl 521111 SVI21 Sur\c~ C~mjll

Second Year Subjecls 662110 EM2CO Vectur Calculu, and Dilferenti~1

Elitrutiun, 662111 EM28D Cumrle", Analy~i, and Linear

Algcbra 66220H EM2H Probability and Slati"ic~ 52240H CE201 Civil Engineering IS 53120,1 EEIJI Circuit Fundamental-522411 SV2JJ Surveying II 522405 SV222 Survcy Camjl II 522407 SV232 Sur\'ey Cumjlulation, I 522409 SV233 Survey Computation, 11 522410 SV271 Sa,ic Regiunal and Urban

Econumic' 432300 SV291 Introductiun tu Legal Studie, 432301 SV292 Pruperty and Survey Law

Third Year Subjects 352200 Geography liB 523333 CE302 Civil Engineering liS 523305 SVJIJ Sur"eying 111 523310 SV314 Hydrugraphic Surveying 523325 SV334 Survey Comjlutations III 523321! SV35 I Geode'y I 523329 SV361 Photogrammelry I 433301 SV393 Land Boundary Definition

Fourth Year Subjects 523108 CE372 Transportation Engineering 524124 SV416 Surveying IV 524143 SV441 Astronomy 524128 SV452 Geodesy 11 524130 SV462 Photogrammetry 11 524140 SV465 Advanced Cartography 524135 SV472 Land Valuation 524136 SV473 Town Plallning 524141 SV475 Survey Management

and Planning 524133 SV481 Project 524142 SV582 Project

187

Compuler ("ompuler NAMES OF Number Sl"BH:CT SAMI:: Number COMPONENTS

(vii) M.Eng.Sc. (a) Department of Chemical Engineering

5lU12K Chf501 (,hemil'al Pn'~c" Principle' ror EmUl'nl ('onlrol

510117 ("hE511 Ad'an~cd Hcal Tran~kr 510122 (,hE5D Ad,anced CUnlbU,liun 510126 ("hE514 Furnace Engin,'cring 5101.15 ("hE515 Enl'rg\ Managcmcnl 510125 ("hE516 Rca~liun Enginening 510lJO ChE517 ("ombu,lion Engineermg 51012J (,hE521 Air PUIiUliun Effluenl Cuntrol 510124 (,hE522 (""nlrnl "r Indu,lrial Li<fuid

Effluen" 5lUl.W ChE52.' Panicul,IIC Separation, 51015J ("hE524 ("omminulion 510147 ("hE551 Pulymcr Tcchnulog) 51014K (,hE56.' Mineral Pro~e'~ing 510149 ("h£576 Huid Mechallin 510150 ChE5KI Ad,anced ('umputalion, I 510151 ChE5112 Ad'anced Computatiun, [I

510152 ChE5H5 Advanced Procc" Control 510154 ("hE611 Ad,anced Problem, in Ma"

Tran,fer and Rea~tion Engmeering 510155 ChE612 Ad,anced Tupi" in Heal Tran,ler 510156 ChE621 Ad'·anced Topic, in Emuenl

Control 510lOX Project 2 uni" 510109 Project J units 510110 Project 4 unit,

(b) Department of Civil Engineering 520137 CE510 Ela,tic ("untinua 52013M (,E511 Plaslic Frame DeSIgn 520139 CE512 Thin Wallcd Siructure, 520140 ("E514 Analysis and Design of Plates

and Shdl, 520141 C[5IS Optimal Design of Structural

Element, 520131 (,E526 Advanced Propertie, "r Material> 520121 CE528 Soil Mechanic~ 520149 CE537 River and Coastal Engineering 520145 CE544 Water Quality Management 520133 CE554 Civil Engineering Syslems II 520129 CE574 Transportation Planning 520136 CE575 Highway Engincering 520612 CE612 PresHes,ed ConCTete Design 520611 CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fraclure

Mcchanin 520110 Project 2 unit, 52014M Project 3 unils 520 I 35 Project _. 4 units

188

("ompuler Compuler NAMES OF :'IIumber St:BJE("T ~AMF. Number COMPONENTS

(c) Department of Electrical Engineering 5.'0144 EE51J POIICT S}'tcm' Analy'i,

and Operation 5)0107 EE516 Ad,anced PUllcr Sy,tcm, 530105 EE517 Variable Speed Drill.' S}'tem, 530142 EE526 Ad,anced Digital S~,!cm, 5.10145 EE541 Ad,anced Digital Signal

Proce,~ing

530102 EE542 Modern Control 530120 [E54J Oplimi/a!iun Tcchrliquc, 5.10146 EE545 Ad,anced ("ummunicaliorl S},lem, 530129 EE547 Digital C"mmunica!lU", 530143 EE551 Eleclrnmagnetic Propagation

and Antcnna, 530141 EE562 Topic, in Switchirlg Thror\" 530117 EE56J Computer OpCTating S}'le~' 530136 EE564 Compiler ("un'1Tuction 5.lO147 EE566 Aut.,ma!a Theor~ 530125 EE567 ('omputer Proce" ('untml 530121 EE56X Adlanccd ("omputer Architecture 5.'0135 EE5XO Projcct 2 unit, 530139 EE5MO Pmj~CI 3 unit, 530161 EE5MO Project 4 unit, 5~0111 EE590 Seminar 5~0137 EES91 Seminar 53013X EE592 Seminar 530140 EE59J Scminar 530133 EE641 Multi\ariailic Contrnl S,·stem' 530134 EE642 Stochastic ('"nHol .

(d) Inter· Departmental Subjects 500101 GE501 Air Pollulion Studies 1 500102 GE502 Coal Analysi, and Propenie, 500103 GE50J Mineral Maller in Coal 500104 GE504 Coal Preparation 500105 GE505 Metallurgical AspeCls or

Coal Utili,..,lion 500106 GE506 Mining Geolog}

189

Computer Computer NAMES OF Number SUBJECT NAME Number COMPONENTS

(e) Department of Mechanical Engineering 5444111 ME405 Advanced Numerical Progmmming 544453 ME407 Enviroomental Engineering 544424 ME409 Introduction to Noi_'>r Pollutiun

('ootrol 544426 ME410 Ad"anced Design ('oncept, I 544469 ME419 Bulk Material, Handling S)'tem~ I 544472 ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Sy,tem, II 544474 ME444 Properties uf Material, III 544464 M E4114 Engineerin!! Eeunomic, II 544467 ME4k7 Operation, Research Fondamental

Technique, 544461\ ME<Ulk Orerations Research Plannin!!,

Inventory (,ootrul and Management 5401.17 ME50J Design of ExpcrimeOh for

Engineering Rescarch 540126 ME.'i05 Sy_'tem' Analysi" Organi,atioo

and Control 540127 ME5011 Air Pullution Studin II 540121! ME511 Exrerimentaland Theuretical

Stre,s Anal}'si~ 540129 ME515 Advanccd Design Concept' II 5401311 ME517 Material> Handling and

Tran,portation Sy'tem, 540130 ME535 Vibratioo and Noise Problem,

in Industry 540141 ME55) Turbulent Flow. 540])1 ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and

Heat Transfer 540132 ME51!1 Mathematical Programming II 540133 ME582 Probabilistic Models in Operations

Research 540134 ME583 Modelling of Management

Problems 540135 ME584 Simulation 540136 ME597 Project/Seminar 2 uoits 540139 ME597 Project: Seminar 3 unih 540140 ME597 ProjectiSeminar 4 units 540176 ME685 Advanced Operations Research

(f) Department of Metallurgy 115521 Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics 115531 Met531 Heat Transfer [15532 Met5J2 Fluid Mechanics 1[5533 Met533 Metallurgica[ Rate Processes 115551 Met551 Electron Metallography 115552 Met552 Physical Metallurgy 115553 Met553 Metallography 11556J Met56 [ Extraction Metallurgy 1[5581 Met58J Dis[ocation Theory [[5582 Met582 Metal Physics 1 [551!3 Project 2 units 115584 Project - 3 units

190 191

Faculty of Engineering Handbook 1984

Documents

Transcript of Faculty of Engineering Handbook 1984